From 34bb501be08aa2b313d88e67d6e0a7e0a3f9cfa6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Biebl Date: Sun, 5 May 2024 00:07:30 +0200 Subject: New upstream version 1.47.90 --- docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 62 +- docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 64 +- docs/libnm/html/NMCheckpoint.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html | 1034 ++++++++++++------------ docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html | 230 +++--- docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html | 374 ++++----- docs/libnm/html/NMDevice6Lowpan.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceHsr.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html | 58 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceLoopback.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html | 90 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html | 20 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsBridge.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsInterface.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsPort.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDevicePpp.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVeth.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 20 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVrf.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html | 116 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 114 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifiP2P.html | 80 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWireGuard.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWpan.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 232 +++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html | 178 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html | 176 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 238 +++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBondPort.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 150 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 196 +++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 74 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingEthtool.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingHsr.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 102 ++- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html | 485 ++++++----- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLink.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLoopback.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMatch.html | 62 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsBridge.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsDpdk.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsExternalIDs.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsInterface.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsOtherConfig.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsPort.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html | 72 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingProxy.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSriov.html | 92 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTCConfig.html | 126 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 68 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingUser.html | 40 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 62 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html | 54 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVrf.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html | 52 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWifiP2P.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireGuard.html | 166 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html | 387 ++++++++- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 403 ++++++++- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 70 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWpan.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditor.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html | 70 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginInfo.html | 98 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginOld.html | 96 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnServicePlugin.html | 104 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMWifiP2PPeer.html | 36 +- docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html | 152 ++++ docs/libnm/html/index.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-conn-utils.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html | 83 ++ docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-keyfile.html | 38 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html | 600 +++++++------- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version-macros.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html | 32 + docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 | 72 +- docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html | 3 +- docs/libnm/html/usage.html | 2 +- 112 files changed, 4660 insertions(+), 3433 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs/libnm/html') diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html index fb8aceb1..2d0166c9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_access_point_get_ssid () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_frequency () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_access_point_get_strength () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_bandwidth () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_access_point_filter_connections () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_access_point_connection_valid () @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ -guint +guint bandwidth Read @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Read -guint +guint frequency Read @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Read -guint +guint max-bitrate Read @@ -205,12 +205,12 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * ssid Read -guchar +guchar strength Read @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMAccessPoint
 

@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ point.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the SSID of the access point.

 

@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (
 
Returns

-
the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the
+
the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the
 SSID is unknown. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ not be modified or freed.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the frequency of the access point in MHz.

 

@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (
 
nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 

@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (
 

 
nm_access_point_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the current signal strength of the access point as a percentage.

 

@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_bandwidth ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_bandwidth (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the bandwidth advertised by the access point in MHz.

 

@@ -593,9 +593,9 @@ nm_access_point_get_bandwidth (
 

 
nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and
 returns connections which may be activated with the access point.  Any
 returned connections will match the ap
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ filter. 

 
an array of
 NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap
 .  The array should
-be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

 
WARNING: the transfer annotation for this function may not work correctly
 with bindings. See https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gobject-introspection/-/issues/305.
 You can filter the list yourself with nm_access_point_connection_valid(). 

@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ You can filter the list yourself with 
 
nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
                                   NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that
@@ -677,8 +677,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 

 

@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ against

 
Property Details

 

 
The “bandwidth” property

-
  “bandwidth”                guint

+
  “bandwidth”                guint

 
The channel bandwidth announced by the AP in MHz.

 
Owner: NMAccessPoint

 
Flags: Read

@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “frequency” property

-
  “frequency”                guint

+
  “frequency”                guint

 
The frequency of the access point.

 
Owner: NMAccessPoint

 
Flags: Read

@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
The “max-bitrate” property

-
  “max-bitrate”              guint

+
  “max-bitrate”              guint

 
The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 
Owner: NMAccessPoint

 
Flags: Read

@@ -856,15 +856,15 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

-
The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

 
Owner: NMAccessPoint

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar

+
  “strength”                 guchar

 
The current signal strength of the access point.

 
Owner: NMAccessPoint

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
index ae71af7e..5998216c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_devices ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default ()
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()
@@ -204,18 +204,18 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 default
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 default6
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 devices
 Read
 
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 state-flags
 Read
 
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vpn
 Read
 
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@
 
 void
 state-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

 

@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (
 

 
Returns

-
the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
+
the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
 This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMDevice]

 

@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ deprecated 
 
nm_active_connection_get_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

 

 

 

@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (
 

 
Returns

-
the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
+
the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
 not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (
 
Returns

-
the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
+
the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
 does not use DHCP, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ state. 

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

 

 

 

@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (
 

 
Returns

-
the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
+
the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
 not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (
 
Returns

-
the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
+
the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
 does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ state. 

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 

@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

 

 

 

@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default” property

-
  “default”                  gboolean

+
  “default”                  gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

 
Owner: NMActiveConnection

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default6” property

-
  “default6”                 gboolean

+
  “default6”                 gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

 
Owner: NMActiveConnection

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

 
The devices of the active connection.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

 
Owner: NMActiveConnection

@@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “state-flags” property

-
  “state-flags”              guint

+
  “state-flags”              guint

 
The state flags of the active connection.

 
Owner: NMActiveConnection

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “vpn” property

-
  “vpn”                      gboolean

+
  “vpn”                      gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 
Owner: NMActiveConnection

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1179,9 +1179,9 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
The “state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMActiveConnection *active_connection,
-               guint               state,
-               guint               reason,
-               gpointer            user_data)

+               guint               state,
+               guint               reason,
+               gpointer            user_data)

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ user_function (Run First

+
Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMCheckpoint.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMCheckpoint.html
index 1e4f8e00..3362ecdd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMCheckpoint.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMCheckpoint.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
-
-
+
+GPtrArray *
-
+
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMCheckpoint
 

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_checkpoint_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_checkpoint_get_devices (NMCheckpoint *checkpoint);

 
The devices that are part of this checkpoint.

 

@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ nm_checkpoint_get_devices (
 
nm_checkpoint_get_created ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_checkpoint_get_created (NMCheckpoint *checkpoint);

 
Gets the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME milliseconds) of checkpoint creation.

 
Use nm_utils_get_timestamp_msec() to obtain current time value suitable for
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ comparing to this value.

 

 

 
nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout (NMCheckpoint *checkpoint);

 
Gets the timeout in seconds for automatic rollback.

 

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout (
Property Details

 

 
The “created” property

-
  “created”                  gint64

+
  “created”                  gint64

 
The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME milliseconds) of checkpoint creation.

 
Owner: NMCheckpoint

 
Flags: Read

@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout (
 

 
The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

 
The devices that are part of this checkpoint.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

 
Owner: NMCheckpoint

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout (
 

 
The “rollback-timeout” property

-
  “rollback-timeout”         guint

+
  “rollback-timeout”         guint

 
Timeout in seconds for automatic rollback, or zero.

 
Owner: NMCheckpoint

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
index 7e923ca9..3c5f5d9c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+GPtrArray *
 
+GPtrArray *
 
-
+
+GArray *
 
+GPtrArray *
 
+GPtrArray *
 
@@ -918,12 +918,12 @@
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@
 
 
+GDBusConnection *
 
@@ -947,13 +947,13 @@
 
 
+GPtrArray *
 
+GPtrArray *
 
@@ -976,22 +976,22 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -1007,12 +1007,12 @@
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -1029,37 +1029,37 @@
 
 
+GArray *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -1078,47 +1078,47 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+

 
 
 
 
 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_checkpoint_get_devices ()
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_checkpoint_get_created ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_checkpoint_get_rollback_timeout ()
@@ -77,18 +77,18 @@
 
 

 
gint64gint64
 created
 Read
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
 devices
 Read
 

 
guintguint
 rollback-timeout
 Read
 

 
 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_client_error_quark ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_dns_entry_get_vpn ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 

 

 
-GDBusConnection *
+GDBusConnection *
 
 
 nm_client_get_dbus_connection ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 

 

 
-GMainContext *
+GMainContext *
 
 
 nm_client_get_main_context ()
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 

 

 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_client_get_context_busy_watcher ()
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
 
 

 
const guint32 *
+const guint32 *
 
 
 nm_client_get_version_info ()
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_startup ()
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_nm_running ()
@@ -215,14 +215,14 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()
 
 

 
const guint32 *
+const guint32 *
 
 
 nm_client_get_capabilities ()
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available ()
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled ()
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_logging ()
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_set_logging ()
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_save_hostname ()
@@ -429,21 +429,21 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_devices ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_all_devices ()
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_active_connections ()
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_deactivate_connection ()
@@ -554,14 +554,14 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_connections ()
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_load_connections ()
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_load_connections_finish ()
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_reload_connections ()
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()
@@ -686,14 +686,14 @@
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_dns_configuration ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_checkpoints ()
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_checkpoint_destroy_finish ()
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@
 

 

 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_client_checkpoint_rollback_finish ()
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish ()
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_reload_finish ()
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_client_dbus_call_finish ()
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish ()
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish ()
@@ -879,36 +879,36 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *active-connections
 Read
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *all-devices
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 can-modify
 Read
 

 

 
-GArray *capabilities
 Read
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *checkpoints
 Read
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *connections
 Read
 
Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 connectivity-check-available
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 connectivity-check-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
-GDBusConnection *dbus-connection
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 

 
-GPtrArray *devices
 Read
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *dns-configuration
 Read
 
Read
 

 
guintguint
 instance-flags
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 metered
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 networking-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nm-running
 Read
 
Read
 

 
guintguint
 radio-flags
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 startup
 Read
 

 
-GArray *version-info
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wimax-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wimax-hardware-enabled
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wireless-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wireless-hardware-enabled
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wwan-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wwan-hardware-enabled
 Read
 

 void
 active-connection-addedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 active-connection-removedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 any-device-addedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 any-device-removedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 connection-addedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 connection-removedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 device-addedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 device-removedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 permission-changedRun FirstRun First
 

 
 

@@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@
     ╰── NMClientError
     GFlags
     ╰── NMClientInstanceFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMClient
 

 

@@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMClient implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ NMClient implements
 
Functions

 

 
nm_client_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_client_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

 

@@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_priority (
 
nm_dns_entry_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (NMDnsEntry *entry);

 
Gets whether the entry refers to VPN name servers.

 

@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the entry refers to VPN name servers

+
 TRUE if the entry refers to VPN name servers

 

 
Since: 1.6

 

@@ -1529,29 +1529,29 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (
 
nm_client_new ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
-               GError **error);

+nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
+               GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMClient synchronously.

 
Note that this will block until a NMClient instance is fully initialized.
-This does nothing beside calling g_initable_new(). You are free to call
-g_initable_new() or g_object_new()/g_initable_init() directly for more
+This does nothing beside calling g_initable_new(). You are free to call
+g_initable_new() or g_object_new()/g_initable_init() directly for more
 control, to set GObject properties or get access to the NMClient instance
 while it is still initializing.

 
Using the synchronous initialization creates an NMClient instance
-that uses an internal GMainContext. This context is invisible to the
+that uses an internal GMainContext. This context is invisible to the
 user. This introduces an additional overhead that is payed not
 only during object initialization, but for the entire lifetime of
 this object.
-Also, due to this internal GMainContext, the events are no longer
-in sync with other messages from GDBusConnection (but all events
+Also, due to this internal GMainContext, the events are no longer
+in sync with other messages from GDBusConnection (but all events
 of the NMClient will themselves still be ordered).
 For a serious program, you should therefore avoid these problems by
-using g_async_initable_init_async() or nm_client_new_async() instead.
+using g_async_initable_init_async() or nm_client_new_async() instead.
 The sync initialization is still useful for simple scripts or interactive
 testing for example via pygobject.

 
Creating an NMClient instance can only fail for two reasons. First, if you didn't
-provide a NM_CLIENT_DBUS_CONNECTION and the call to g_bus_get()
-fails. You can avoid that by using g_initable_new() directly and
+provide a NM_CLIENT_DBUS_CONNECTION and the call to g_bus_get()
+fails. You can avoid that by using g_initable_new() directly and
 set a D-Bus connection.
 Second, if you cancelled the creation. If you do that, then note
 that after the failure there might still be idle actions pending
@@ -1571,12 +1571,12 @@ does not cause a failure.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1591,20 +1591,20 @@ does not cause a failure.

 

 
nm_client_new_async ()

 
void
-nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);

+nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
+                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                     gpointer user_data);

 
Creates a new NMClient asynchronously.
 callback
  will be called when it is done. Use
 nm_client_new_finish() to get the result.

-
This does nothing beside calling g_async_initable_new_async(). You are free to
-call g_async_initable_new_async() or g_object_new()/g_async_initable_init_async()
+
This does nothing beside calling g_async_initable_new_async(). You are free to
+call g_async_initable_new_async() or g_object_new()/g_async_initable_init_async()
 directly for more control, to set GObject properties or get access to the NMClient
 instance while it is still initializing.

 
Creating an NMClient instance can only fail for two reasons. First, if you didn't
-provide a NM_CLIENT_DBUS_CONNECTION and the call to g_bus_get()
-fails. You can avoid that by using g_async_initable_new_async() directly and
+provide a NM_CLIENT_DBUS_CONNECTION and the call to g_bus_get()
+fails. You can avoid that by using g_async_initable_new_async() directly and
 set a D-Bus connection.
 Second, if you cancelled the creation. If you do that, then note
 that after the failure there might still be idle actions pending
@@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ does not cause a failure.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1646,8 +1646,8 @@ does not cause a failure.

 

 
nm_client_new_finish ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                      GError **error);

+nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
+                      GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

Parameters

@@ -1660,12 +1660,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

result

-

a GAsyncResult

+

a GAsyncResult

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

Returns

-

a new NMClient, or NULL on error

+

a new NMClient, or NULL on error

@@ -1705,9 +1705,9 @@ nm_client_get_instance_flags (

nm_client_get_dbus_connection ()

-
GDBusConnection *
+
GDBusConnection *
 nm_client_get_dbus_connection (NMClient *client);

-
Gets the GDBusConnection of the instance. This can be either passed when
+
Gets the GDBusConnection of the instance. This can be either passed when
 constructing the instance (as "dbus-connection" property), or it will be
 automatically initialized during async/sync init.

 

@@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ automatically initialized during async/sync init.

 

 

 
Returns

-
the D-Bus connection of the client, or NULL if none is set. 

+
the D-Bus connection of the client, or NULL if none is set. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.22

@@ -1735,10 +1735,10 @@ automatically initialized during async/sync init.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_main_context ()

-
GMainContext *
+
GMainContext *
 nm_client_get_main_context (NMClient *self);

 
The NMClient instance is permanently associated with the current
-thread default GMainContext, referenced the time when the instance
+thread default GMainContext, referenced the time when the instance
 was created. To receive events, the user must iterate this context
 and can use it to synchronize access to the client.

 
Note that even after NMClient instance got destroyed, there might
@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ the 
 

 
Returns

-
the GMainContext of the client. 

+
the GMainContext of the client. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.22

@@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ the 
 

 
nm_client_get_context_busy_watcher ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_client_get_context_busy_watcher (NMClient *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1804,14 +1804,14 @@ GMainContext running to ensure everything is cleaned up? The answer is
 this GObject. Subscribe a weak reference to the returned object and keep
 iterating the main context until the object got unreferenced.

 
Note that after the NMClient instance gets destroyed, all outstanding operations
-will be cancelled right away. That means, the user needs to iterate the GMainContext
+will be cancelled right away. That means, the user needs to iterate the GMainContext
 a bit longer, but it is guaranteed that the cleanup happens soon after.

 
The way of using the context-busy-watch, is by registering a weak pointer to
 see when it gets destroyed. That means, user code should not take additional
 references on this object to not keep it alive longer.

 
If you plan to exit the program after releasing the NMClient instance
 you may not need to worry about these "leaks". Also, if you anyway plan to continue
-iterating the GMainContext afterwards, then you don't need to care when exactly
+iterating the GMainContext afterwards, then you don't need to care when exactly
 NMClient is gone completely. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1867,15 +1867,15 @@ nm_client_get_version (
 
Returns

-
 string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

+
 string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_version_info ()

-
const guint32 *
+
const guint32 *
 nm_client_get_version_info (NMClient *client,
-                            gsize *length);

+                            gsize *length);

 
If available, the first element in the array is NM_VERSION which
 encodes the daemon version as "(major << 16 | minor << 8 | micro)".
 The following elements are a bitfield of NMVersionInfoCapabilities
@@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ that indicate that the daemon supports a certain capability.

 

 
Returns

 
the
-list of capabilities reported by the server or NULL
+list of capabilities reported by the server or NULL
 if the capabilities are unknown. 

 
[transfer none][array length=length]

 

@@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ nm_client_get_state (
 
nm_client_get_startup ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

 
Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating
 connections at startup.

@@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ connections at startup.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_nm_running ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_nm_running (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the daemon is running.

 

@@ -1987,7 +1987,7 @@ nm_client_get_nm_running (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the daemon is running

+
 TRUE if the daemon is running

 

 

 

@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ nm_client_get_object_by_path (
Returns

 
the NMObject instance that is
 cached under dbus_path
-, or NULL if no such object exists. 

+, or NULL if no such object exists. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.24

@@ -2056,7 +2056,7 @@ nm_client_get_metered (
 
nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

 

@@ -2076,15 +2076,15 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

+
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_capabilities ()

-
const guint32 *
+
const guint32 *
 nm_client_get_capabilities (NMClient *client,
-                            gsize *length);

+                            gsize *length);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ nm_client_get_capabilities (
 
Returns

 
the
-list of capabilities reported by the server or NULL
+list of capabilities reported by the server or NULL
 if the capabilities are unknown.
 The numeric values correspond to NMCapability enum.
 The array is terminated by a numeric zero sentinel
@@ -2123,10 +2123,10 @@ at position length
 

 

 
nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                  gboolean enabled,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  gboolean enabled,
+                                  GError **error);

 

 
nm_client_networking_set_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use the async command nm_client_dbus_call() on NM_DBUS_PATH,
@@ -2151,12 +2151,12 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2164,13 +2164,13 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 
 

 

 
nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

 

@@ -2190,7 +2190,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

+
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                gboolean enabled);

 

 
nm_client_wireless_set_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use the async command nm_client_dbus_set_property() on NM_DBUS_PATH,
@@ -2221,7 +2221,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 

-
+
@@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 

 
nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

@@ -2252,13 +2252,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

 

 
 

 

 
nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

 

@@ -2278,7 +2278,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

+
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                            gboolean enabled);

+                            gboolean enabled);
 

 
nm_client_wwan_set_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use the async command nm_client_dbus_set_property() on NM_DBUS_PATH,
@@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
enabled

-

+
@@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -2339,13 +2339,13 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 

 
nm_client_wimax_get_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

+
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                             gboolean enabled);

+                             gboolean enabled);

 

 
nm_client_wimax_set_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
This function does nothing because WiMax is no longer supported.

@@ -2399,7 +2399,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
enabled

-

+
@@ -2409,7 +2409,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 

 
nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

 

 
 

@@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ nm_client_get_radio_flags (
 
nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determine whether connectivity checking is available.  This
@@ -2489,14 +2489,14 @@ configuration file.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connectivity checking is available.

+
 TRUE if connectivity checking is available.

 

 
Since: 1.10

 
 

 

 
nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determine whether connectivity checking is enabled.

@@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connectivity checking is enabled.

+
 TRUE if connectivity checking is enabled.

 

 
Since: 1.10

 
@@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled
 
void
 nm_client_connectivity_check_set_enabled
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                gboolean enabled);

 

 
nm_client_connectivity_check_set_enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use the async command nm_client_dbus_set_property() on NM_DBUS_PATH,
@@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ have any effect.

 
 

-
+
@@ -2592,11 +2592,11 @@ connectivity.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                        char **level,
                        char **domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 

 
nm_client_get_logging has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use the async command nm_client_dbus_call() on NM_DBUS_PATH,
@@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 
 

-
+
@@ -2639,17 +2639,17 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 
 

 

 
nm_client_set_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                        const char *level,
                        const char *domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 

 
nm_client_set_logging has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use the async command nm_client_dbus_call() on NM_DBUS_PATH,
@@ -2672,18 +2672,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (
level

-

+
+domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 
-
+
@@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@ domains separated by ",". (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 
 
 

@@ -2794,8 +2794,8 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.

 
nm_client_check_connectivity ()

 
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);
 

 
nm_client_check_connectivity has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_client_check_connectivity_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2821,12 +2821,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2842,9 +2842,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes
 callback
  when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(),
@@ -2866,7 +2866,7 @@ re-checking, and 
cancellable

-
+
@@ -2889,8 +2889,8 @@ re-checking, and 
nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

 
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);
 
Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async()
 call.

 

@@ -2909,12 +2909,12 @@ call.

 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2928,11 +2928,11 @@ call.

 

 

 
nm_client_save_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname (NMClient *client,
                          const char *hostname,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GError **error);

 

 
nm_client_save_hostname has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_client_save_hostname_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2955,18 +2955,18 @@ or cleared.

 
 

-
-
+
-
+
@@ -2974,7 +2974,7 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 
 

@@ -2983,9 +2983,9 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 
void
 nm_client_save_hostname_async (NMClient *client,
                                const char *hostname,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);

+                               GCancellable *cancellable,
+                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value
 or cleared.

 

@@ -3004,13 +3004,13 @@ or cleared.

 
 

-
-
+
@@ -3031,10 +3031,10 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 

 

 
nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_save_hostname_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3052,12 +3052,12 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -3065,13 +3065,13 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 
 

 

 
nm_client_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets all the known network devices.  Use nm_device_get_type() or the
 NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of
@@ -3094,7 +3094,7 @@ methods such as 
 
Returns

-
a GPtrArray
+
a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -3103,7 +3103,7 @@ containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is o
 

 

 
nm_client_get_all_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which
 do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager
@@ -3130,7 +3130,7 @@ use device-specific methods such as 
 
Returns

-
a GPtrArray
+
a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -3169,7 +3169,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (
 
Returns

 
the NMDevice for the given object_path
-or NULL if none is found. 

+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -3205,14 +3205,14 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (
 
Returns

 
the NMDevice for the given iface
-or NULL if none is found. 

+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
 

 

 
nm_client_get_active_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the active connections.

 

@@ -3232,7 +3232,7 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (
 

 
Returns

-
a GPtrArray
+
a GPtrArray
 containing all the active NMActiveConnections.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

@@ -3251,7 +3251,7 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route,
 then this function returns the active connection that contains the
 route to the VPN endpoint.

 
If there is no default route, or the default route is over a
-non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

+non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
enabled
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

  
 

 

 
error
return location for a GError, or NULL
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
enabled
TRUE to enable wireless
TRUE to enable wireless

  
 

 
TRUE to enable WWAN
TRUE to enable WWAN

  
 

 
TRUE to enable WiMAX
TRUE to enable WiMAX

  
 

 

 
enabled
TRUE to enable connectivity checking
TRUE to enable connectivity checking

  
 

 

 
error
return location for a GError, or NULL
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 
logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
domains

 
logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log
-domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 
[nullable]
 

 

 
error
return location for a GError, or NULL
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable
a GCancellable

  
 

 

 
error
return location for a GError
return location for a GError

  
 

 
a GCancellable
a GCancellable

  
 

 

 

 
result
the GAsyncResult
the GAsyncResult

  
 

 

 
error
return location for a GError
return location for a GError

  
 

 

 
hostname
the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
+
the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
 clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
hostname
the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
+
the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
 clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

@@ -3312,9 +3312,9 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_async (NMConnection *connection,
                                      NMDevice *device,
                                      const char *specific_object,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                     gpointer user_data);
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                     gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously starts a connection to a particular network using the
 configuration settings from connection
  and the network device device
@@ -3361,7 +3361,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
-
+
@@ -3394,8 +3394,8 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 
nm_client_activate_connection_finish ()

 
NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_activate_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GAsyncResult *result,
+                                      GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_activate_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3413,12 +3413,12 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (
result

-

+
-
+
@@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (
 
Returns

-
the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
+
the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -3441,9 +3441,9 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async
                                 NMConnection *partial,
                                 NMDevice *device,
                                 const char *specific_object,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template,
 automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given
 device and specific object.  The new connection is then asynchronously
@@ -3470,7 +3470,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
@@ -3485,7 +3485,7 @@ before being added. 

 
-
+
@@ -3520,8 +3520,8 @@ If the variant is floating, it will be consumed. 

 
NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async().

 
You can call nm_active_connection_get_connection() on the returned
 NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

@@ -3541,12 +3541,12 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -3554,7 +3554,7 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
 
 

 
Returns

-
the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
+
the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -3569,10 +3569,10 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection2
                                 NMConnection *partial,
                                 NMDevice *device,
                                 const char *specific_object,
-                                GVariant *options,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                GVariant *options,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template,
 automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given
 device and specific object.  The new connection is then asynchronously
@@ -3612,7 +3612,7 @@ by the daemon:

 

@@ -3627,7 +3627,7 @@ before being added. 

 
-
+
-
+
@@ -3667,9 +3667,9 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 
NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection2_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GVariant **out_result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GVariant **out_result,
+                                GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_and_activate_connection2().

 
You can call nm_active_connection_get_connection() on the returned
 NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

@@ -3689,12 +3689,12 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection2_finish
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -3709,7 +3709,7 @@ output is implemented yet. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
+
the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -3719,11 +3719,11 @@ will be set. 

 

 

 
nm_client_deactivate_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection (NMClient *client,
                                  NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                 GError **error);

 

 
nm_client_deactivate_connection has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_client_deactivate_connection_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -3750,12 +3750,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -3772,9 +3772,9 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (void
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (NMClient *client,
                                        NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                       GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                       GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                       gpointer user_data);
+                                       GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                       GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                       gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3797,7 +3797,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (
cancellable

-

+
@@ -3818,11 +3818,11 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (
 
nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_deactivate_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3840,12 +3840,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -3859,7 +3859,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
 

 

 
nm_client_get_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_connections (NMClient *client);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3918,7 +3918,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_id (
 

 
Returns

-
the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
+
the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
 matching object was found.

 
The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
 to nm_connection_verify(). 

@@ -3957,7 +3957,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known

 
The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
 to nm_connection_verify(). 

@@ -3996,7 +3996,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_uuid (
 

 
Returns

-
the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known

 
The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
 to nm_connection_verify(). 

@@ -4009,13 +4009,13 @@ to void
 nm_client_add_connection_async (NMClient *client,
                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new
 connection.  If save_to_disk
- is TRUE, the connection is immediately written
+ is TRUE, the connection is immediately written
 to disk; otherwise it is initially only stored in memory, but may be saved
 later by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes()
 method.

@@ -4057,7 +4057,7 @@ added, not the object itself

 
 

-
+
@@ -4080,8 +4080,8 @@ added, not the object itself

 
nm_client_add_connection_finish ()

 
NMRemoteConnection *
 nm_client_add_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                 GAsyncResult *result,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GAsyncResult *result,
+                                 GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4099,12 +4099,12 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -4112,7 +4112,7 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on
+
the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -4123,13 +4123,13 @@ will be set. 

 
nm_client_add_connection2 ()

 
void
 nm_client_add_connection2 (NMClient *client,
-                           GVariant *settings,
+                           GVariant *settings,
                            NMSettingsAddConnection2Flags flags,
-                           GVariant *args,
-                           gboolean ignore_out_result,
-                           GCancellable *cancellable,
-                           GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                           gpointer user_data);

+                           GVariant *args,
+                           gboolean ignore_out_result,
+                           GCancellable *cancellable,
+                           GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                           gpointer user_data);
 
Call AddConnection2() D-Bus API asynchronously.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4147,7 +4147,7 @@ nm_client_add_connection2 (
settings

-

+
@@ -4157,24 +4157,24 @@ nm_client_add_connection2 (
args

-
-
+
@@ -4198,9 +4198,9 @@ under the hood always calls AddConnection2().
<
 
nm_client_add_connection2_finish ()

 
NMRemoteConnection *
 nm_client_add_connection2_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                  GAsyncResult *result,
-                                  GVariant **out_result,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GAsyncResult *result,
+                                  GVariant **out_result,
+                                  GError **error);
 

 
Parameters

 
specific_object

 
the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -3371,7 +3371,7 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
partial

 
an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
-partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
+partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
 using the given device
 and specific_object
 before being added. 
specific_object

 
the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -3496,7 +3496,7 @@ If the variant is floating, it will be consumed. 

 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
partial

 
an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
-partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
+partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
 using the given device
 and specific_object
 before being added. 
specific_object

 
the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (i.e., no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -3637,12 +3637,12 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 

 

 
options
a GVariant containing a dictionary with options, or NULL
a GVariant containing a dictionary with options, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
the "a{sa{sv}}" GVariant with the content of the setting.
the "a{sa{sv}}" GVariant with the content of the setting.

  
 

 
the "a{sv}" GVariant with extra argument or NULL
+
the "a{sv}" GVariant with extra argument or NULL
 for no extra arguments. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
ignore_out_result

 
this function wraps AddConnection2(), which has an
-additional result "a{sv}" output parameter. By setting this to TRUE,
+additional result "a{sv}" output parameter. By setting this to TRUE,
 you signal that you are not interested in that output parameter.
 This allows the function to fall back to AddConnection() and AddConnectionUnsaved(),
 which is interesting if you run against an older server version that does
-not yet provide AddConnection2(). By setting this to FALSE, the function
+not yet provide AddConnection2(). By setting this to FALSE, the function
 under the hood always calls AddConnection2().

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -4217,15 +4217,15 @@ nm_client_add_connection2_finish (
 
-
+
+parameter of nm_client_add_connection2() must not be set to TRUE. 

 
@@ -4247,12 +4247,12 @@ parameter of 
 

 
nm_client_load_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections (NMClient *client,
                             char **filenames,
                             char ***failures,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GError **error);

+                            GCancellable *cancellable,
+                            GError **error);

 

 
nm_client_load_connections has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_client_load_connections_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -4263,11 +4263,11 @@ adding or updating the connections described within.

 client
 's connections array when the function returns.

 
If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the
-function will return TRUE, and failures
- will be set to NULL. If
+function will return TRUE, and failures
+ will be set to NULL. If
 NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed,
 then failures
- will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
+ will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
 filenames that failed to load.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4285,23 +4285,23 @@ filenames that failed to load.

 

-
+
-
-
+
-
+
@@ -4309,7 +4309,7 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success.

+
 TRUE on success.

 
Warning: before libnm 1.22, the boolean return value was inconsistent.
 That is made worse, because when running against certain server versions
 before 1.20, the server would return wrong values for success/failure.
@@ -4330,9 +4330,9 @@ With 1.22, the return value is consistent with void
 nm_client_load_connections_async (NMClient *client,
                                   char **filenames,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);
+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                  gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service asynchronously load or reload the
 given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 
See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

@@ -4352,12 +4352,12 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -4378,11 +4378,11 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 

 

 
nm_client_load_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
                                    char ***failures,
-                                   GAsyncResult *result,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GAsyncResult *result,
+                                   GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_load_connections_async() call.

 
See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

 

@@ -4402,17 +4402,17 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (
 

+NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load. 

 
-
+
-
+
@@ -4420,7 +4420,7 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success.
+
 TRUE on success.
 Note that even in the success case, you might have individual failures
 .

 

@@ -4428,10 +4428,10 @@ Note that even in the success case, you might have individual 
 
nm_client_reload_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 

 
nm_client_reload_connections has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_client_reload_connections_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -4455,12 +4455,12 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -4468,7 +4468,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
 

@@ -4476,9 +4476,9 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
nm_client_reload_connections_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_reload_connections_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service begin reloading all connection
 files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the
 in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -4498,7 +4498,7 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 
-
+
@@ -4519,10 +4519,10 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 

 

 
nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_reload_connections_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4540,12 +4540,12 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -4553,7 +4553,7 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
 

@@ -4579,7 +4579,7 @@ nm_client_get_dns_mode (
 
Returns

-
 the DNS processing mode, or NULL in case the
+
 the DNS processing mode, or NULL in case the
 value is not available.

 
 
Since: 1.6

@@ -4607,7 +4607,7 @@ nm_client_get_dns_rc_manager (
 
Returns

-
 the resolv.conf manager or NULL in case the
+
 the resolv.conf manager or NULL in case the
 value is not available.

 
 
Since: 1.6

@@ -4615,7 +4615,7 @@ value is not available.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_dns_configuration ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_dns_configuration (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the current DNS configuration

 

@@ -4635,8 +4635,8 @@ nm_client_get_dns_configuration (
 

 
Returns

-
a GPtrArray
-containing NMDnsEntry elements or NULL in case the value is not
+
a GPtrArray
+containing NMDnsEntry elements or NULL in case the value is not
 available.  The returned array is owned by the NMClient object
 and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDnsEntry]

@@ -4646,7 +4646,7 @@ and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_checkpoints ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_checkpoints (NMClient *client);

 
Gets all the active checkpoints.

 

@@ -4666,7 +4666,7 @@ nm_client_get_checkpoints (
 
Returns

-
a GPtrArray
+
a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMCheckpoint.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMCheckpoint]

@@ -4678,12 +4678,12 @@ containing all the 
nm_client_checkpoint_create ()

 
void
 nm_client_checkpoint_create (NMClient *client,
-                             const GPtrArray *devices,
-                             guint32 rollback_timeout,
+                             const GPtrArray *devices,
+                             guint32 rollback_timeout,
                              NMCheckpointCreateFlags flags,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                             gpointer user_data);

 
Creates a checkpoint of the current networking configuration
 for given interfaces. An empty devices
  argument means all
@@ -4722,7 +4722,7 @@ checkpoint should be created. 

 
 

-
+
@@ -4746,8 +4746,8 @@ checkpoint should be created. 

 
nm_client_checkpoint_create_finish ()

 
NMCheckpoint *
 nm_client_checkpoint_create_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_checkpoint_create().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4765,12 +4765,12 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_create_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -4778,7 +4778,7 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_create_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
the new NMCheckpoint on success, NULL on
+
the new NMCheckpoint on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -4791,9 +4791,9 @@ will be set. 

 
void
 nm_client_checkpoint_destroy (NMClient *client,
                               const char *checkpoint_path,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                              gpointer user_data);
 
Destroys an existing checkpoint without performing a rollback.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4816,7 +4816,7 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_destroy (
cancellable

-

+
@@ -4838,10 +4838,10 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_destroy (
 
nm_client_checkpoint_destroy_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_checkpoint_destroy_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_checkpoint_destroy().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4859,12 +4859,12 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_destroy_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -4872,7 +4872,7 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_destroy_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success or FALSE on failure, in which case
+
 TRUE on success or FALSE on failure, in which case
 error
 will be set.

 

@@ -4884,9 +4884,9 @@ will be set.

 
void
 nm_client_checkpoint_rollback (NMClient *client,
                                const char *checkpoint_path,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);

+                               GCancellable *cancellable,
+                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Performs the rollback of a checkpoint before the timeout is reached.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4909,7 +4909,7 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_rollback (
 

-
+
@@ -4931,10 +4931,10 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_rollback (
 

 
nm_client_checkpoint_rollback_finish ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_client_checkpoint_rollback_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GAsyncResult *result,
+                                      GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_checkpoint_rollback().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4952,12 +4952,12 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_rollback_finish (
result

-

+
-
+
@@ -4979,10 +4979,10 @@ D-Bus path; each result is a NMClient *client,
                                 const char *checkpoint_path,
-                                guint32 add_timeout,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                guint32 add_timeout,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Resets the timeout for the checkpoint with path checkpoint_path
 
 to timeout_add
@@ -5014,7 +5014,7 @@ Set to zero, to disable the timeout.

 
 
-
+
@@ -5036,11 +5036,11 @@ Set to zero, to disable the timeout.

 

 

 
nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -5058,12 +5058,12 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -5071,7 +5071,7 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

+
 TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

 

 
Since: 1.12

 
@@ -5081,9 +5081,9 @@ nm_client_checkpoint_adjust_rollback_timeout_finish
 
void
 nm_client_reload (NMClient *client,
                   NMManagerReloadFlags flags,
-                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                  gpointer user_data);
 
Reload NetworkManager's configuration and perform certain updates, like
 flushing caches or rewriting external state to disk. This is similar to
 sending SIGHUP to NetworkManager but it allows for more fine-grained control
@@ -5111,7 +5111,7 @@ PolicyKit and contrary to signals it is synchronous.

 
 
-
+
@@ -5133,10 +5133,10 @@ PolicyKit and contrary to signals it is synchronous.

 

 

 
nm_client_reload_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_finish (NMClient *client,
-                         GAsyncResult *result,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GAsyncResult *result,
+                         GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_reload().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -5154,12 +5154,12 @@ nm_client_reload_finish (
result

-

+
-
+
@@ -5167,7 +5167,7 @@ nm_client_reload_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

+
 TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

 
 
Since: 1.22

 
@@ -5179,19 +5179,19 @@ nm_client_dbus_call (const char *object_path,
                      const char *interface_name,
                      const char *method_name,
-                     GVariant *parameters,
-                     const GVariantType *reply_type,
+                     GVariant *parameters,
+                     const GVariantType *reply_type,
                      int timeout_msec,
-                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);
-
Call g_dbus_connection_call() on the current name owner with the specified
-arguments. Most importantly, this invokes g_dbus_connection_call() with the
-client's GMainContext, so that the response is always in order with other
-events D-Bus events. Of course, the call uses GTask and will invoke the
-callback on the current g_main_context_get_thread_default().

-
This API is merely a convenient wrapper for g_dbus_connection_call(). You can
-also use g_dbus_connection_call() directly, with the same effect.

+                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                     gpointer user_data);
+
Call g_dbus_connection_call() on the current name owner with the specified
+arguments. Most importantly, this invokes g_dbus_connection_call() with the
+client's GMainContext, so that the response is always in order with other
+events D-Bus events. Of course, the call uses GTask and will invoke the
+callback on the current g_main_context_get_thread_default().

+
This API is merely a convenient wrapper for g_dbus_connection_call(). You can
+also use g_dbus_connection_call() directly, with the same effect.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
result
the GAsyncResult
the GAsyncResult

  
 

 

 
out_result

 
the output
-GVariant from AddConnection2().
+GVariant from AddConnection2().
 If you care about the output result, then the "ignore_out_result"
-parameter of nm_client_add_connection2() must not be set to TRUE. 
[out][optional][nullable][transfer full]
 

 

 

 
filenames
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 

 [array zero-terminated=1]
 

 

 
failures
on return, a NULL-terminated array of
+
on return, a NULL-terminated array of
 filenames that failed to load. 

 [out][transfer full]
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
filenames
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 

 [array zero-terminated=1]
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 
failures

 
on return, a
-NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load. 
[out][transfer full][array zero-terminated=1]
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -5223,31 +5223,31 @@ also use 
parameters

-
+
+tuple), or NULL. 

 
+timeout or G_MAXINT for no timeout

 
-
+
-
@@ -5265,10 +5265,10 @@ method invocation. 

 

 

 
nm_client_dbus_call_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_client_dbus_call_finish (NMClient *client,
-                            GAsyncResult *result,
-                            GError **error);

+                            GAsyncResult *result,
+                            GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_dbus_call().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -5286,12 +5286,12 @@ nm_client_dbus_call_finish (
result

-

+
-
+
@@ -5299,7 +5299,7 @@ nm_client_dbus_call_finish (
 
Returns

-
the result GVariant or NULL on error. 

+
the result GVariant or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 
 
Since: 1.24

@@ -5312,11 +5312,11 @@ nm_client_dbus_set_property (const char *object_path,
                              const char *interface_name,
                              const char *property_name,
-                             GVariant *value,
+                             GVariant *value,
                              int timeout_msec,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                             gpointer user_data);
+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                             gpointer user_data);
 
Like nm_client_dbus_call() but calls "Set" on the standard "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties"
 D-Bus interface.

 

@@ -5350,24 +5350,24 @@ D-Bus interface.

 
 

-
+
+timeout or G_MAXINT for no timeout

 
-
+
-
@@ -5385,10 +5385,10 @@ method invocation. 

 

 

 
nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_dbus_set_property().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -5406,12 +5406,12 @@ nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -5419,7 +5419,7 @@ nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

+
 TRUE on success or FALSE on failure.

 

 
Since: 1.24

 
@@ -5429,10 +5429,10 @@ nm_client_dbus_set_property_finish (void
 nm_utils_print (int output_mode,
                 const char *msg);
-
The only purpose of this function is to give access to g_print()
-or g_printerr() from pygobject. libnm can do debug logging by
-setting LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG and uses thereby g_printerr() or
-g_print(). A plain "print()" function in python is not in sync
+
The only purpose of this function is to give access to g_print()
+or g_printerr() from pygobject. libnm can do debug logging by
+setting LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG and uses thereby g_printerr() or
+g_print(). A plain "print()" function in python is not in sync
 with these functions (it implements additional buffering). By
 using nm_utils_print(), the same logging mechanisms can be used.

 
LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG is a list of keywords separated by commas. The keyword
@@ -5440,7 +5440,7 @@ using g_critical() and WARN messages with g_warning(). Together with G_DEBUG="fatal-warnings"
+g_critical() and WARN messages with g_warning(). Together with G_DEBUG="fatal-warnings"
 or G_DEBUG="fatal-critical" this can be used to abort the program on errors.
 Note that all <error> messages imply an unexpected data on the D-Bus API
 (due to a bug). <warn> also implies unexepected data, but that can happen
@@ -5465,10 +5465,10 @@ are supported since 1.46.

 
-
@@ -5486,7 +5486,7 @@ a trailing newline.

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  has a valid extension for an X.509 certificate file
@@ -5509,15 +5509,15 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key (const char *filename,
-                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

+                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

 
Tests if filename
  has a valid extension for an X.509 private key file
 (".der", ".key", ".pem", or ".p12"), and contains a private key in a format
@@ -5546,13 +5546,13 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  is a PKCS#12 file.

@@ -5573,7 +5573,7 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

@@ -5581,10 +5581,10 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 
nm_client_wait_shutdown ()

 
void
 nm_client_wait_shutdown (NMClient *client,
-                         gboolean integrate_maincontext,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         gboolean integrate_maincontext,
+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                         gpointer user_data);
 
The way to stop NMClient is by unrefing it. That will cancel all
 internally pending async operations. However, as async operations in
 NMClient use GTask, hence they cannot complete right away. Instead,
@@ -5594,22 +5594,22 @@ the client's main context.

 everything is wrapped up. nm_client_get_context_busy_watcher()
 helps to watch how long that will be.

 
This function automates that waiting. Like all glib async operations
-this honors the current g_main_context_get_thread_default().

+this honors the current g_main_context_get_thread_default().

 
In any case, to complete the shutdown, nm_client_get_main_context()
-must be iterated. If the current g_main_context_get_thread_default() is
+must be iterated. If the current g_main_context_get_thread_default() is
 the same as nm_client_get_main_context(), then integrate_maincontext
 
 is ignored. In that case, the caller is required to iterate the context
-for shutdown to complete. Otherwise, if g_main_context_get_thread_default()
+for shutdown to complete. Otherwise, if g_main_context_get_thread_default()
 differs from nm_client_get_main_context() and integrate_maincontext
 
-is FALSE, the caller must make sure that both contexts are iterated
+is FALSE, the caller must make sure that both contexts are iterated
 until completion. Otherwise, if integrate_maincontext
- is TRUE, then
-nm_client_get_main_context() will be integrated in g_main_context_get_thread_default().
+ is TRUE, then
+nm_client_get_main_context() will be integrated in g_main_context_get_thread_default().
 This means, the caller gives nm_client_get_main_context() up until the waiting
 completes, the function will acquire the context and hook it into
-g_main_context_get_thread_default().
+g_main_context_get_thread_default().
 It is a bug to request integrate_maincontext
  while having nm_client_get_main_context()
 acquired or iterated otherwise because a context can only be acquired once
@@ -5627,7 +5627,7 @@ The latter case is useful if the client has a separate context and you hand it
 over to another GMainContext to wrap up.

 
The main use is to have a NMClient and a separate GMainContext on a worker
 thread. When being done, you can hand over the cleanup of the context
-to g_main_context_default(), assuming that the main thread iterates
+to g_main_context_default(), assuming that the main thread iterates
 the default context. In that case, you don't need to care about passing
 a callback to know when shutdown completed.

 

@@ -5655,13 +5655,13 @@ may instead only iterate the latter.

 
 

-
+
-
@@ -5679,9 +5679,9 @@ method invocation.

 

 

 
nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish ()

-
gboolean
-nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 
a GVariant tuple with parameters for the method
-or NULL if not passing parameters. 
a GVariant tuple with parameters for the method
+or NULL if not passing parameters. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
reply_type

 
the expected type of the reply (which will be a
-tuple), or NULL. 
[nullable]
 

 

 
timeout_msec

 
the timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default
-timeout or G_MAXINT for no timeout
 
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable or NULL. 
a GCancellable or NULL. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
callback
a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request
-is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the
+
a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request
+is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the
 method invocation. 

 [nullable]
 
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
value
a GVariant with the value to set.
a GVariant with the value to set.

  
 

 

 
timeout_msec

 
the timeout in milliseconds, -1 to use the default
-timeout or G_MAXINT for no timeout
 
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable or NULL. 
a GCancellable or NULL. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
callback
a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request
-is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the
+
a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request
+is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the
 method invocation. 

 [nullable]
 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 
output_mode
if 1 it uses g_print(). If 2, it uses g_printerr().
+
if 1 it uses g_print(). If 2, it uses g_printerr().
 If 0, it uses the same output as internal libnm debug logging
 does. That is, depending on LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG's "stdout" flag
-it uses g_print() or g_printerr() and if LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG_FILE is
+it uses g_print() or g_printerr() and if LIBNM_CLIENT_DEBUG_FILE is
 set, it writes the output to file instead

  
 

 
cancellable
the GCancellable to abort the shutdown.
the GCancellable to abort the shutdown.

  
 

 

 
callback
a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request
-is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the
+
a GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request
+is satisfied or NULL if you don't care about the result of the
 method invocation.

  
 

@@ -5693,12 +5693,12 @@ nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish (
result

-
+
-
+
@@ -5706,7 +5706,7 @@ nm_client_wait_shutdown_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if waiting is complete successfully. In that case, all resources of the
+
 TRUE if waiting is complete successfully. In that case, all resources of the
 nmclient are wrapped up and released. This can only fail by user cancellation.

 
 
Since: 1.42

@@ -6093,10 +6093,10 @@ operation succeeded, but the object that was allegedly created (eg,
 
NMClient

 
typedef struct _NMClient NMClient;

 
NMClient contains a cache of the objects of NetworkManager's D-Bus API.
-It uses GMainContext and GDBusConnection for that and registers to
-D-Bus signals. That means, when iterating the associated GMainContext,
+It uses GMainContext and GDBusConnection for that and registers to
+D-Bus signals. That means, when iterating the associated GMainContext,
 D-Bus signals gets processed and the NMClient instance updates and
-emits GObject signals.

+emits GObject signals.

 
 

 

@@ -6118,7 +6118,7 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “active-connections” property

-
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

+
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

 
The active connections.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMActiveConnection)]

 
Owner: NMClient

@@ -6127,7 +6127,7 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “all-devices” property

-
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

+
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

 
List of both real devices and device placeholders.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

 
Owner: NMClient

@@ -6137,8 +6137,8 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “can-modify” property

-
  “can-modify”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

+
  “can-modify”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

 
Owner: NMClient

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -6146,8 +6146,8 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “capabilities” property

-
  “capabilities”             GArray *

-
The list of capabilities numbers as guint32 or NULL if
+
  “capabilities”             GArray *

+
The list of capabilities numbers as guint32 or NULL if
 there are no capabilities. The numeric value correspond
 to NMCapability enum.

 
[type GArray(guint32)]

@@ -6158,7 +6158,7 @@ to 
 
The “checkpoints” property

-
  “checkpoints”              GPtrArray *

+
  “checkpoints”              GPtrArray *

 
The list of active checkpoints.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMCheckpoint)]

 
Owner: NMClient

@@ -6168,7 +6168,7 @@ to 
 
The “connections” property

-
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

+
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

 
The list of configured connections that are available to the user. (Note
 that this differs from the underlying D-Bus property, which may also
 contain the object paths of connections that the user does not have
@@ -6189,7 +6189,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)

 

 

 
The “connectivity-check-available” property

-
  “connectivity-check-available” gboolean

+
  “connectivity-check-available” gboolean

 
Owner: NMClient

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -6197,7 +6197,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)

 

 

 
The “connectivity-check-enabled” property

-
  “connectivity-check-enabled” gboolean

+
  “connectivity-check-enabled” gboolean

 
Owner: NMClient

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -6215,10 +6215,10 @@ permission to read the details of.)

 

 

 
The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

-
The GDBusConnection to use.

+
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

+
The GDBusConnection to use.

 
If this is not set during object construction, the D-Bus connection will
-automatically be chosen during async/sync initalization via g_bus_get().

+automatically be chosen during async/sync initalization via g_bus_get().

 
Owner: NMClient

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

 
Since: 1.22

@@ -6236,7 +6236,7 @@ automatically be chosen during async/sync initalization via 
 
The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

 
List of real network devices.  Does not include placeholder devices.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

 
Owner: NMClient

@@ -6245,7 +6245,7 @@ automatically be chosen during async/sync initalization via 
 
The “dns-configuration” property

-
  “dns-configuration”        GPtrArray *

+
  “dns-configuration”        GPtrArray *

 
The current DNS configuration, represented as an array
 of NMDnsEntry objects.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMDnsEntry)]

@@ -6286,7 +6286,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “instance-flags” property

-
  “instance-flags”           guint

+
  “instance-flags”           guint

 
NMClientInstanceFlags for the instance. These affect behavior of NMClient.
 This is a construct property and you may only set most flags only during
 construction.

@@ -6304,7 +6304,7 @@ cannot be set, however they will be returned by the getter after initialization
 

 

 
The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint

+
  “metered”                  guint

 
Whether the connectivity is metered.

 
Owner: NMClient

 
Flags: Read

@@ -6314,7 +6314,7 @@ cannot be set, however they will be returned by the getter after initialization
 

 

 
The “networking-enabled” property

-
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

+
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

 
Whether networking is enabled.

 
The property setter is a synchronous D-Bus call. This is deprecated since 1.22.

 
Owner: NMClient

@@ -6324,7 +6324,7 @@ cannot be set, however they will be returned by the getter after initialization
 

 

 
The “nm-running” property

-
  “nm-running”               gboolean

+
  “nm-running”               gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is running.

 
Owner: NMClient

 
Flags: Read

@@ -6364,7 +6364,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “radio-flags” property

-
  “radio-flags”              guint

+
  “radio-flags”              guint

 
Flags for radio interfaces. See NMRadioFlags.

 
Owner: NMClient

 
Flags: Read

@@ -6374,7 +6374,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “startup” property

-
  “startup”                  gboolean

+
  “startup”                  gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is still starting up.

 
Owner: NMClient

 
Flags: Read

@@ -6401,7 +6401,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “version-info” property

-
  “version-info”             GArray *

+
  “version-info”             GArray *

 
Expose version info and capabilities of NetworkManager. If non-empty,
 the first element is NM_VERSION, which encodes the version of the
 daemon as "(major << 16 | minor << 8 | micro)". The following elements
@@ -6415,7 +6415,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.

 

 

 
The “wimax-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

+
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

 
Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

 

 
NMClient:wimax-enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -6428,7 +6428,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.

 

 

 
The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

+
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

 
Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 

 
NMClient:wimax-hardware-enabled has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -6441,7 +6441,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.

 

 

 
The “wireless-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

+
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

 
Whether wireless is enabled.

 
The property setter is a synchronous D-Bus call. This is deprecated since 1.22.

 
Owner: NMClient

@@ -6451,7 +6451,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.

 

 

 
The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

+
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

 
Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

 
Owner: NMClient

 
Flags: Read

@@ -6460,7 +6460,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.

 

 

 
The “wwan-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

+
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

 
Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

 
The property setter is a synchronous D-Bus call. This is deprecated since 1.22.

 
Owner: NMClient

@@ -6470,7 +6470,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.

 

 

 
The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

+
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

 
Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 
Owner: NMClient

 
Flags: Read

@@ -6484,7 +6484,7 @@ the running NetworkManager has the respective capability.

 
void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMActiveConnection *active_connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)

+               gpointer            user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been added.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -6513,7 +6513,7 @@ user_function (
 
a GAsyncResult obtained from the GAsyncReadyCallback passed to nm_client_wait_shutdown()
a GAsyncResult obtained from the GAsyncReadyCallback passed to nm_client_wait_shutdown()

  
 

 

 
error
return location for error or NULL
return location for error or NULL

  
 

 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

@@ -6521,7 +6521,7 @@ user_function (void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMActiveConnection *active_connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)

+               gpointer            user_data)

Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been removed.

Parameters

@@ -6550,15 +6550,15 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “any-device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

@@ -6588,15 +6588,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “any-device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

@@ -6626,7 +6626,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

@@ -6634,7 +6634,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMConnection has been added.

Parameters

@@ -6663,7 +6663,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

@@ -6671,7 +6671,7 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMClient *client, NMRemoteConnection *connection, - gpointer user_data) + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMConnection has been removed.

Parameters

@@ -6700,15 +6700,15 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

@@ -6738,15 +6738,15 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

@@ -6776,16 +6776,16 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “permission-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               guint     permission,
-               guint     result,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint permission, + guint result, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a permission has changed

Parameters

@@ -6819,7 +6819,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html index cdd050db..75cc154a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_connection_to_dbus () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_compare () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_diff () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify_secrets () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_normalize () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_update_secrets () @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_type () @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_virtual () @@ -675,8 +675,8 @@ the setting object's reference count.

nm_connection_remove_setting ()

void
 nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);
-

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This + GType setting_type); +

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

Parameters

@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ operation dereferences the

setting_type

-

the GType of the setting object to remove

+

the GType of the setting object to remove

  @@ -706,8 +706,8 @@ operation dereferences the

nm_connection_get_setting ()

NMSetting *
 nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);
-

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added + GType setting_type); +

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added to the NMConnection.

Parameters

@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ to the

setting_type

-

the GType of the setting object to return

+

the GType of the setting object to return

  @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ to the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -778,10 +778,10 @@ added to the

nm_connection_to_dbus ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_connection_to_dbus (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMConnectionSerializationFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
+
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
 NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection, suitable for
 marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 

@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 

 

 
Returns

-
a new floating GVariant describing the connection,
+
a new floating GVariant describing the connection,
 its settings, and each setting's properties. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -816,10 +816,10 @@ its settings, and each setting's properties. 

 

 

 
nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GVariant *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GVariant *new_settings,
+                                GError **error);

 
Replaces connection
 's settings with new_settings
  (which must be
@@ -841,12 +841,12 @@ need to result in a connection that passes 
new_settings

-
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

+
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

  
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ need to result in a connection that passes 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings
+
 TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings
 could not
 be deserialized (in which case connection
 will be unchanged).

@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (
 
nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                        NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -957,17 +957,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                     NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);

+                    GHashTable **out_settings);

Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See nm_setting_compare() for a description of each flag's behavior. If the connections differ, settings and keys within @@ -1011,16 +1011,16 @@ contains the key names that differ mapped to one or more of

Returns

-

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do +

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GError **error);

Validates the connection and all its settings. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values. For example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the connection for the connection to be valid. As another example, the NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted -MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which +MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Parameters

@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -1054,15 +1054,15 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

nm_connection_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GError **error);

Verifies the secrets in the connection.

Parameters

@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -1088,23 +1088,23 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

Since: 1.2

nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GHashTable *parameters,
+                         gboolean *modified,
+                         GError **error);

Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way, the output parameter modified - is set TRUE.

-

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection + is set TRUE.

+

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

@@ -1124,10 +1124,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

parameters

-

a GHashTable with +

a GHashTable with normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be -used. The keys must be strings compared with g_str_equal() function. +used. The keys must be strings compared with g_str_equal() function. The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

[nullable][element-type utf8 gpointer] @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

error

-

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, +

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

  @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

@@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

nm_connection_need_secrets ()

const char *
 nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);
+ GPtrArray **hints);

Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would need secrets to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some @@ -1177,10 +1177,10 @@ secrets are needed.

hints

-

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on -return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of +

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on +return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array -and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its +and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its elements.

[out][element-type utf8][nullable][transfer container] @@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMConnection *connection, NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags

func

function to be called to determine whether a -specific secret should be cleared or not. If NULL, all secrets are cleared.

+specific secret should be cleared or not. If NULL, all secrets are cleared.

[scope call][nullable] @@ -1260,16 +1260,16 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not. If

nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GVariant *secrets,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GVariant *secrets,
+                              GError **error);

Update the specified setting's secrets, given a dictionary of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example). Will also extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a connection dictionary. If setting_name - is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as + is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_dbus() and will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets .

@@ -1294,13 +1294,13 @@ settings contained in secrets

secrets

-

a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION +

a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION or NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

 

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ or

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update +

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path (const char * nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name. -If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager, this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

@@ -1399,13 +1399,13 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Returns

-

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

 
A convenience function to check if the given connection
@@ -1438,8 +1438,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is of the given type -, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if the connection is of the given type +, FALSE if not

@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
void
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection, calling the supplied user function for each property.

@@ -1485,10 +1485,10 @@ at each invocation

nm_connection_get_settings ()

NMSetting **
 nm_connection_get_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                            guint *out_length);
+ guint *out_length);

Retrieves the settings in connection .

-

The returned array is NULL-terminated.

+

The returned array is NULL-terminated.

Parameters

@@ -1514,9 +1514,9 @@ nm_connection_get_settings (

Returns

a -NULL-terminated array containing every setting of connection +NULL-terminated array containing every setting of connection . -If the connection has no settings, NULL is returned.

+If the connection has no settings, NULL is returned.

[array length=out_length][transfer container][nullable]

Since: 1.10

@@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (

nm_connection_is_virtual ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_virtual (NMConnection *connection);

 
Checks if connection
  refers to a virtual device (and thus can potentially be
@@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

 
Returns

 
the name of connection
 's device,
-or NULL if connection
+or NULL if connection
 is not a virtual connection type. 

 
[transfer full]
@@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (

Returns

-

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (

Returns

-

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (

Returns

-

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dummy (

Returns

-

an NMSettingDummy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingDummy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.8

@@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (

Returns

-

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (

Returns

-

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (

Returns

-

an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not

Returns

an NMSettingIP4Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[type NMSettingIP4Config][transfer none]

@@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not

Returns

an NMSettingIP6Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[type NMSettingIP6Config][transfer none]

@@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macsec (

Returns

-

an NMSettingMacsec if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingMacsec if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.6

@@ -2207,7 +2207,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_bridge (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.14

@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_interface

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsInterface if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsInterface if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.14

@@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_patch (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsPatch if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsPatch if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.14

@@ -2347,7 +2347,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.14

@@ -2375,7 +2375,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_proxy (

Returns

-

an NMSettingProxy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingProxy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.6

@@ -2457,7 +2457,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (

Returns

-

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tc_config (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTCConfig if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTCConfig if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.12

@@ -2512,7 +2512,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.14

@@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2567,7 +2567,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (

Returns

-

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2621,7 +2621,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2648,7 +2648,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2676,7 +2676,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

Returns

-

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2703,7 +2703,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2730,7 +2730,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2789,7 +2789,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan ( - + @@ -2817,8 +2817,8 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

#define NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT
-

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is -an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of +

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is +an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION dictionary.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html index 21fb84ab..e0735656 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html @@ -123,14 +123,14 @@ - - - - + +GPtrArray * @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ - + @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ - + @@ -643,27 +643,27 @@ +GPtrArray * - + - + - + - + @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ +GPtrArray * @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ - + @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ - + @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ - +

GTypeInterface parent;

GTypeInterface parent;

the parent interface struct

  
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_managed ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_get_ports () @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_autoconnect () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_firmware_missing () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing () @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_get_available_connections () @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_get_mtu () @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_real () @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_software () @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors () @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply () @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply_finish () @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect () @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect_finish () @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete () @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete_finish () @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_filter_connections () @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_valid () @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_compatible () @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_device_get_setting_type () @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_value () @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value () @@ -509,14 +509,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()
const GVariantType * +const GVariantType * nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type () @@ -541,13 +541,13 @@ Read
gbooleangboolean autoconnect Read / Write
-GPtrArray *available-connections Read
Read
gbooleangboolean firmware-missing Read
Read
guintguint interface-flags Read
-GPtrArray *lldp-neighbors Read
gbooleangboolean managed Read
guintguint metered Read
guintguint mtu Read
gbooleangboolean nm-plugin-missing Read
-GPtrArray *ports Read
Read
gbooleangboolean real Read
Read
guintguint state-reason Read
void state-changedRun FirstRun First
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GBoxed
     ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ├── NMDevice6Lowpan
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ nm_device_get_path (
Returns

 
 the path of the device.

 
The string is backslash escaped (C escaping) for invalid characters. The escaping
-can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

+can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

Since: 1.26

@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (

Returns

-

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. +

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (

nm_device_get_managed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

 

@@ -1255,13 +1255,13 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

+
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

 

 
 

 

 
nm_device_get_ports ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_ports (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the devices currently set as port of device
 .

@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ nm_device_get_ports (
 
Returns

-
the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that
+
the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that
 are slaves of device
 . This is the internal copy used by the device and
 must not be modified. 

@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ must not be modified. 

 
nm_device_set_managed ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
-                       gboolean managed);

+                       gboolean managed);

 

 
nm_device_set_managed has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use the async command nm_client_dbus_set_property() on
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ not emit a property changed signal.

 
 
 
managed

-
TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

+
TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

  
 
 
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ not emit a property changed signal.

 

 

 
nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

 

@@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

+
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

 

 

 

@@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                           gboolean autoconnect);

+                           gboolean autoconnect);

nm_device_set_autoconnect has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use the async command nm_client_dbus_set_property() on @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ and modifies the content of the NMClient cache client side.

autoconnect

-

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

+

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

  @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ and modifies the content of the NMClient cache client side.

nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

@@ -1417,14 +1417,14 @@ to be missing.

Returns

-

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely +

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.

nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

 

@@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

+
 TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not +

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCP.

[transfer none]

@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

+

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCPv6.

[transfer none]

@@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (

Returns

-

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is +

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is not part of an active connection.

[transfer none]

@@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@ not part of an active connection.

nm_device_get_available_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could
 be activated on device
@@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ be activated on device

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -1720,7 +1720,7 @@ the connection, and must not be modified.

nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

const char *
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);
-

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is +

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is an opaque string that can be used to recognize when seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

Returns

-

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port +

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and must not be modified.

@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ must not be modified.

nm_device_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the  MTU of the NMDevice.

 

@@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (
 
nm_device_is_real ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
+
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
 that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

 

@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
nm_device_is_software ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the device is a software device.

 

@@ -1823,8 +1823,8 @@ nm_device_is_software (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if device
-is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

+
 TRUE if device
+is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

 

 

 

@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ nm_device_get_product (g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

+can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.
@@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ nm_device_get_vendor (g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

+can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ nm_device_get_metered (

nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the list of neighbors discovered through LLDP.

 

@@ -1964,7 +1964,7 @@ nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (
 
Returns

-
the GPtrArray
+
the GPtrArray
 containing NMLldpNeighbors. This is the internal copy used by the
 device and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned
 array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -2040,13 +2040,13 @@ devices in devices
 

 

 
nm_device_reapply ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply (NMDevice *device,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   guint64 version_id,
-                   guint32 flags,
-                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                   GError **error);

+                   guint64 version_id,
+                   guint32 flags,
+                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                   GError **error);

 

 
nm_device_reapply has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_device_reapply_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ made since it was last applied.

 
 
connection

 
the NMConnection to replace the applied
-settings with or NULL to reuse existing. 

+settings with or NULL to reuse existing. 

 [nullable]
 
 
@@ -2087,12 +2087,12 @@ modification. This allows to catch concurrent accesses.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ modification. This allows to catch concurrent accesses.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2111,11 +2111,11 @@ will be set.

 
void
 nm_device_reapply_async (NMDevice *device,
                          NMConnection *connection,
-                         guint64 version_id,
-                         guint32 flags,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         guint64 version_id,
+                         guint32 flags,
+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                         gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins an attempt to update device with changes to the currently active connection made since it was last applied.

@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

connection

the NMConnection to replace the applied -settings with or NULL to reuse existing.

+settings with or NULL to reuse existing.

[nullable] @@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ accesses.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -2175,10 +2175,10 @@ accesses.

nm_device_reapply_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                          GAsyncResult *result,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GAsyncResult *result,
+                          GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_reapply_async().

Parameters

@@ -2196,12 +2196,12 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

Since: 1.2

@@ -2219,10 +2219,10 @@ will be set.

nm_device_get_applied_connection ()

NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection (NMDevice *device,
-                                  guint32 flags,
-                                  guint64 *version_id,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);
+ guint32 flags, + guint64 *version_id, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

nm_device_get_applied_connection has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_device_get_applied_connection_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2255,12 +2255,12 @@ the applied connection.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ the applied connection.

Returns

a NMConnection with the currently applied settings -or NULL on error.

+or NULL on error.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

[transfer full]

@@ -2282,10 +2282,10 @@ to void nm_device_get_applied_connection_async (NMDevice *device, - guint32 flags, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins and gets the currently applied connection.

Parameters

@@ -2308,7 +2308,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -2333,9 +2333,9 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async 
NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish
                                (NMDevice *device,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                guint64 *version_id,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + guint64 *version_id, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_get_applied_connection_async().

Parameters

@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  @@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@ connection.

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2372,7 +2372,7 @@ connection.

Returns

-

a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case +

a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case of error.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -2383,10 +2383,10 @@ to

nm_device_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GCancellable *cancellable,
+                      GError **error);

nm_device_disconnect has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_device_disconnect_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2410,12 +2410,12 @@ request.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ request.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -2432,9 +2432,9 @@ will be set.

nm_device_disconnect_async ()

void
 nm_device_disconnect_async (NMDevice *device,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                            gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins disconnecting the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

@@ -2454,7 +2454,7 @@ manual network connection request.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -2475,10 +2475,10 @@ manual network connection request.

nm_device_disconnect_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                             GAsyncResult *result,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GAsyncResult *result,
+                             GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_disconnect_async().

Parameters

@@ -2496,12 +2496,12 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2509,17 +2509,17 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

nm_device_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
-                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                  GError **error);

+                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                  GError **error);

nm_device_delete has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

Use nm_device_delete_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -2541,12 +2541,12 @@ nm_device_delete (

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ nm_device_delete (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -2563,9 +2563,9 @@ will be set.

nm_device_delete_async ()

void
 nm_device_delete_async (NMDevice *device,
-                        GCancellable *cancellable,
-                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                        gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins deleting the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

@@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ be deleted.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -2605,10 +2605,10 @@ be deleted.

nm_device_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                         GAsyncResult *result,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GAsyncResult *result,
+                         GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_delete_async().

Parameters

@@ -2626,12 +2626,12 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2639,16 +2639,16 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

nm_device_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
-                              const GPtrArray *connections);

+                              const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMDevice object and returns connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see

an array of NMConnections that could be activated with the given device . The array -should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

WARNING: the transfer annotation for this function may not work correctly with bindings. See https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gobject-introspection/-/issues/305. You can filter the list yourself with nm_device_connection_valid().

@@ -2696,7 +2696,7 @@ You can filter the list yourself with

nm_device_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
                             NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns
@@ -2733,17 +2733,17 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

nm_device_connection_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GError **error);

Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2778,7 +2778,7 @@ against

error

-

return location for a GError, or NULL

+

return location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2786,14 +2786,14 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

nm_device_get_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections
 that can be used on device
@@ -2892,7 +2892,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (
 

 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2900,7 +2900,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (
 

 
nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_value ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_value (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                  const char *name);

 
Gets the value (as a GVariant) of attribute with name name
@@ -2930,7 +2930,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_value (
 

 
Returns

-
the value or NULL if the attribute with name
+
the value or NULL if the attribute with name
 was
 not found. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -2959,7 +2959,7 @@ actually modify the (empty) instance.

 

 

 
nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
                                (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 const char *name,
@@ -2997,18 +2997,18 @@ attribute value. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a string attribute with name name
-was found, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if a string attribute with name name
+was found, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                       const char *name,
-                                      guint *out_value);

+                                      guint *out_value);

 
Gets the uint32 value of attribute with name name
  on neighbor
 

@@ -3041,15 +3041,15 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a uint32 attribute with name name
-was found, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if a uint32 attribute with name name
+was found, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 const char *name);

 
Get the type of an attribute.

@@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GVariantType of the attribute with name name
+
 the GVariantType of the attribute with name name
 

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -3378,7 +3378,7 @@ all the VLANs.

 

 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

 
The property setter is a synchronous D-Bus call. This is deprecated since 1.22.

 
Owner: NMDevice

@@ -3388,7 +3388,7 @@ all the VLANs.

 

 

 
The “available-connections” property

-
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

+
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

 
The available connections of the device

 
[type GPtrArray(NMRemoteConnection)]

 
Owner: NMDevice

@@ -3448,8 +3448,8 @@ all the VLANs.

 

 

 
The “firmware-missing” property

-
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

-
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
+
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

+
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
 for its operation.

 
Owner: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3486,7 +3486,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “interface-flags” property

-
  “interface-flags”          guint

+
  “interface-flags”          guint

 
The interface flags.

 
Owner: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3542,7 +3542,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “lldp-neighbors” property

-
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

+
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

 
The LLDP neighbors.

 
Owner: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3550,7 +3550,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “managed” property

-
  “managed”                  gboolean

+
  “managed”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

 
Owner: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3559,7 +3559,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint

+
  “metered”                  guint

 
Whether the device is metered.

 
Owner: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3569,7 +3569,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
The MTU of the device.

 
Owner: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3578,8 +3578,8 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “nm-plugin-missing” property

-
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean

-
When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device
+
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean

+
When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device
 is not installed.

 
Owner: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ is not installed.

 
  “path”                     char *

 
The device path as exposed by the udev property ID_PATH.

 
The string is backslash escaped (C escaping) for invalid
-characters. The escaping can be reverted with g_strcompress(),
+characters. The escaping can be reverted with g_strcompress(),
 however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

 
Owner: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3612,7 +3612,7 @@ however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

 

 

 
The “ports” property

-
  “ports”                    GPtrArray *

+
  “ports”                    GPtrArray *

 
The port devices of the controller device. For devices that cannot be
 controllers this is likely to be always empty.

 
Owner: NMDevice

@@ -3631,7 +3631,7 @@ controllers this is likely to be always empty.

 

 

 
The “real” property

-
  “real”                     gboolean

+
  “real”                     gboolean

 
Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could
 be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -3652,7 +3652,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
The “state-reason” property

-
  “state-reason”             guint

+
  “state-reason”             guint

 
The reason for the device state.

 
Owner: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3688,10 +3688,10 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

 
The “state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDevice *device,
-               guint     new_state,
-               guint     old_state,
-               guint     reason,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               guint     new_state,
+               guint     old_state,
+               guint     reason,
+               gpointer  user_data)

 
Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3730,7 +3730,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice6Lowpan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice6Lowpan.html index 5e36709b..a91f60ee 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice6Lowpan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice6Lowpan.html @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDevice6Lowpan
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
index 26994afa..c6ab1072 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Owner: NMDeviceAdsl

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html index 09d2fe47..06cd691d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html @@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bond_get_carrier () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bond_get_slaves () @@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * slaves Read @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBond
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -183,13 +183,13 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_slaves has been deprecated since version 1.34 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
the GPtrArray containing
+
the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Owner: NMDeviceBond

 
Flags: Read

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices enslaved to the bond device.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

 
Owner: NMDeviceBond

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
index eaae7a8d..d77ab533 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
@@ -50,14 +50,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()
@@ -76,13 +76,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBridge
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -183,13 +183,13 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_slaves has been deprecated since version 1.34 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
the GPtrArray containing
+
the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Owner: NMDeviceBridge

 
Flags: Read

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices enslaved to the bridge device.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

 
Owner: NMDeviceBridge

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
index 52c01144..20d85b6f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBt
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html
index 1035a00c..d4fd3bfd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceDummy
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
index 7972b3cf..9b22a885 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 s390-subchannels
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 speed
 Read
 
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet in Mbit/s.

 

@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (
 
nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Owner: NMDeviceEthernet

 
Flags: Read

@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

 
Identifies subchannels of this network device used for
 communication with z/VM or s390 host.

 
Owner: NMDeviceEthernet

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ communication with z/VM or s390 host.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
The speed of the device.

 
Owner: NMDeviceEthernet

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
index d97855f9..b196e8d4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 
The “type-description” property

 
  “type-description”         char *

-
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
+
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
 if not known.

 
Owner: NMDeviceGeneric

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceHsr.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceHsr.html
index 39cbab48..5bcf6995 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceHsr.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceHsr.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_hsr_get_multicast_spec ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_hsr_get_prp ()
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 multicast-spec
 Read
 
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 prp
 Read
 
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceHsr
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_device_hsr_get_supervision_address (
 
nm_device_hsr_get_multicast_spec ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_hsr_get_multicast_spec (NMDeviceHsr *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ nm_device_hsr_get_multicast_spec (
 

 
nm_device_hsr_get_prp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_hsr_get_prp (NMDeviceHsr *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ nm_device_hsr_get_prp (
Property Details

 

 
The “multicast-spec” property

-
  “multicast-spec”           guchar

+
  “multicast-spec”           guchar

 
The device last byte of the supervision address.

 
Owner: NMDeviceHsr

 
Flags: Read

@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ nm_device_hsr_get_prp (
 
The “prp” property

-
  “prp”                      gboolean

+
  “prp”                      gboolean

 
Whether the PRP protocol is used or not.

 
Owner: NMDeviceHsr

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
index d3bc1474..fd357336 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark ()
@@ -154,22 +154,22 @@
 
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 encapsulation-limit
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 flags
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 flow-label
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 fwmark
 Read
 
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read
 
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 path-mtu-discovery
 Read
 
@@ -214,12 +214,12 @@
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 tos
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 ttl
 Read
 
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceIPTunnel
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_remote (
 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (
 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ to tunneled packets.

 

 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (
 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
 

 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (
 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

 
How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to
 be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6
 tunnels.

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ tunnels.

 

 

 
The “flags” property

-
  “flags”                    guint

+
  “flags”                    guint

 
Tunnel flags.

 
Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

 
Flags: Read

@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ tunnels.

 

 

 
The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint

+
  “flow-label”               guint

 
The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property
 applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 
Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “fwmark” property

-
  “fwmark”                   guint

+
  “fwmark”                   guint

 
The fwmark value to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only
 to VTI tunnels.

 
Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ to VTI tunnels.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The tunneling mode of the device.

 
Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

 
Flags: Read

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ to VTI tunnels.

 

 

 
The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

 
Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel.

 
Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

 
Flags: Read

@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ to VTI tunnels.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar

+
  “tos”                      guchar

 
The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to
 tunneled packets.

 
Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ tunneled packets.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar

+
  “ttl”                      guchar

 
The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value
  meaning that packets inherit the TTL value

 
Owner: NMDeviceIPTunnel

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
index 433c25f9..36a337c6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Owner: NMDeviceInfiniband

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceLoopback.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceLoopback.html
index b4c57549..b7729702 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceLoopback.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceLoopback.html
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceLoopback
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
index f751c040..483d923f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_sci ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_window ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_protect ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_es ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_scb ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect ()
@@ -164,32 +164,32 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 cipher-suite
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 encoding-sa
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 encrypt
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 es
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 icv-length
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 include-sci
 Read
 
@@ -200,22 +200,22 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 protect
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 replay-protect
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 scb
 Read
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 sci
 Read
 
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 window
 Read
 
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacsec
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_sci ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_device_macsec_get_sci (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the Secure Channel Identifier in use

 

@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_sci (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the length of ICV (Integrity Check Value)

 

@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length (
 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the set of cryptographic algorithms in use

 

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite (
 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_window ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_macsec_get_window (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the size of the replay window

 

@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_window (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the value of the Association Number (0..3) for the Security
 Association in use.

@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ disabled)

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether encryption of transmitted frames is enabled

 

@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_protect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_protect (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether protection of transmitted frames is enabled

 

@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_protect (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether the SCI is always included in SecTAG for transmitted
 frames

@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ frames

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_es ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_es (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled in SecTAG for
 transmitted frames

@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ transmitted frames

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_scb ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_scb (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled in
 SecTAG for transmitted frames

@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ SecTAG for transmitted frames

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether replay protection is enabled

 

@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (
Property Details

 

 
The “cipher-suite” property

-
  “cipher-suite”             guint64

+
  “cipher-suite”             guint64

 
The set of cryptographic algorithms in use.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

 
Flags: Read

@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (
 

 
The “encoding-sa” property

-
  “encoding-sa”              guchar

+
  “encoding-sa”              guchar

 
The value of the Association Number (0..3) for the Security
 Association in use.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ Association in use.

 

 

 
The “encrypt” property

-
  “encrypt”                  gboolean

+
  “encrypt”                  gboolean

 
Whether encryption of transmitted frames is enabled.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

 
Flags: Read

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ Association in use.

 

 

 
The “es” property

-
  “es”                       gboolean

+
  “es”                       gboolean

 
Whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled in SecTAG for
 transmitted frames.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “icv-length” property

-
  “icv-length”               guchar

+
  “icv-length”               guchar

 
The length of ICV (Integrity Check Value).

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

 
Flags: Read

@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “include-sci” property

-
  “include-sci”              gboolean

+
  “include-sci”              gboolean

 
Whether the SCI is always included in SecTAG for transmitted
 frames.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ frames.

 

 

 
The “protect” property

-
  “protect”                  gboolean

+
  “protect”                  gboolean

 
Whether protection of transmitted frames is enabled.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

 
Flags: Read

@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ frames.

 

 

 
The “replay-protect” property

-
  “replay-protect”           gboolean

+
  “replay-protect”           gboolean

 
Whether replay protection is enabled.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

 
Flags: Read

@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ frames.

 

 

 
The “scb” property

-
  “scb”                      gboolean

+
  “scb”                      gboolean

 
Whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled in
 SecTAG for transmitted frames.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ SecTAG for transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “sci” property

-
  “sci”                      guint64

+
  “sci”                      guint64

 
The Secure Channel Identifier in use.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

 
Flags: Read

@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ disabled).

 

 

 
The “window” property

-
  “window”                   guint

+
  “window”                   guint

 
The size of the replay window.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacsec

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
index e8656995..26c418c3 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-promisc
 Read
 
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 tap
 Read
 
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacvlan
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the no-promiscuous flag of the device.

 

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (
 

 
nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the device type (MACVLAN or MACVTAP).

 

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

+
 TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “no-promisc” property

-
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

+
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

 
Whether the device has the no-promiscuos flag.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacvlan

 
Flags: Read

@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean

+
  “tap”                      gboolean

 
Whether the device is a MACVTAP.

 
Owner: NMDeviceMacvlan

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
index 96643585..d6d8bbe7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceModem
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ nm_device_modem_get_operator_code (
 

 
Returns

-
 the operator code or NULL if disconnected or not a 3GPP modem.

+
 the operator code or NULL if disconnected or not a 3GPP modem.

 

 
Since: 1.20

 

@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ nm_device_modem_get_apn (
 
Returns

-
 the APN name or NULL if disconnected

+
 the APN name or NULL if disconnected

 

 
Since: 1.20

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
index 3c74eec1..d6db0981 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 active-channel
 Read
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
@@ -184,14 +184,14 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (
 

 
Returns

-
the companion of the device of NULL. 

+
the companion of the device of NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

 
Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 
Property Details

 

 
The “active-channel” property

-
  “active-channel”           guint

+
  “active-channel”           guint

 
The device's active channel.

 
Owner: NMDeviceOlpcMesh

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsBridge.html
index 527ab9c1..4001abfb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsBridge.html
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_slaves ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOvsBridge
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceOvsBridge *device);

 

 
nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_slaves has been deprecated since version 1.34 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_slaves (
 

 
Returns

-
the GPtrArray containing
+
the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
Gets the ports currently enslaved to the device.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

 
Owner: NMDeviceOvsBridge

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsInterface.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsInterface.html
index a1f3fd7b..b216015c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsInterface.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsInterface.html
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOvsInterface
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsPort.html
index 9f51f3e2..b4085184 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOvsPort.html
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_ovs_port_get_slaves ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOvsPort
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_ovs_port_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_ovs_port_get_slaves (NMDeviceOvsPort *device);

 

 
nm_device_ovs_port_get_slaves has been deprecated since version 1.34 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ nm_device_ovs_port_get_slaves (
 

 
Returns

-
the GPtrArray containing
+
the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
Gets the interfaces currently enslaved to the device.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

 
Owner: NMDeviceOvsPort

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevicePpp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevicePpp.html
index e44bffc7..832486c1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevicePpp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevicePpp.html
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDevicePpp
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
index 2b0ec9ae..26752acf 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
@@ -50,14 +50,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_slaves ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTeam
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -200,13 +200,13 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 

 
nm_device_team_get_slaves has been deprecated since version 1.34 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
the GPtrArray containing
+
the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Owner: NMDeviceTeam

 
Flags: Read

@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices enslaved to the team device.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMDevice)]

 
Owner: NMDeviceTeam

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
index 8198090e..118614a2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_owner ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_group ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 group
 Read
 
@@ -119,22 +119,22 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 multi-queue
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-pi
 Read
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 owner
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vnet-hdr
 Read
 
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTun
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_mode (
 
nm_device_tun_get_owner ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_owner (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel owner.

 

@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_owner (
 
nm_device_tun_get_group ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_group (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel group.

 

@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_group (
 
nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_NO_PI flag.

 

@@ -333,14 +333,14 @@ nm_device_tun_get_no_pi (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_VNET_HDR flag.

 

@@ -360,14 +360,14 @@ nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.

 

@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
Property Details

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gint64

+
  “group”                    gint64

 
The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner.

 
Owner: NMDeviceTun

 
Flags: Read

@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to
 the tap device multiple times, for multiple send/receive
 queues.

@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ queues.

 

 

 
The “no-pi” property

-
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

+
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is
 prepended to the tunnel packets.

 
Owner: NMDeviceTun

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

 

 

 
The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gint64

+
  “owner”                    gint64

 
The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner.

 
Owner: NMDeviceTun

 
Flags: Read

@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

 

 

 
The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets
 include a virtio network header.

 
Owner: NMDeviceTun

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVeth.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVeth.html
index 5b1576f7..3f94b7bc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVeth.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVeth.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
index a9f81385..75241492 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 vlan-id
 Read
 
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVlan

 
Flags: Read

@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “vlan-id” property

-
  “vlan-id”                  guint

+
  “vlan-id”                  guint

 
The device's VLAN ID.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVlan

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVrf.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVrf.html
index 881d52ff..6fde99a6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVrf.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVrf.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_vrf_get_table ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 table
 Read
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVrf
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_vrf_get_table ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_vrf_get_table (NMDeviceVrf *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ nm_device_vrf_get_table (
Property Details

 

 
The “table” property

-
  “table”                    guint

+
  “table”                    guint

 
The device's VRF table.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVrf

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
index e5218273..bca81d10 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()
@@ -195,17 +195,17 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 ageing
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 dst-port
 Read
 
@@ -216,27 +216,27 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 id
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 l2miss
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 l3miss
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 learning
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 limit
 Read
 
@@ -253,32 +253,32 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 proxy
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 rsc
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 src-port-max
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 src-port-min
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 tos
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 ttl
 Read
 
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVxlan
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier.

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier.

 
This property is not implemented yet, and the function always returns
 FALSE.

 

@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_parent (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_local (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (
 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (
 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ forwarding table

 

 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint

+
  “ageing”                   guint

 
The lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

 
Flags: Read

@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
This property is not implemented yet, and the property is always FALSE.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
 
The “dst-port” property

-
  “dst-port”                 guint

+
  “dst-port”                 guint

 
The UDP destination port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel
 endpoint.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The device's VXLAN ID.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “l2miss” property

-
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

+
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

 
Whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “l3miss” property

-
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

+
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

 
Whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean

+
  “learning”                 gboolean

 
Whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered
 into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint

+
  “limit”                    guint

 
The maximum number of entries that can be added to the forwarding table.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean

+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

 
Whether ARP proxy is turned on.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean

+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

 
Whether route short circuit is turned on.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “src-port-max” property

-
  “src-port-max”             guint

+
  “src-port-max”             guint

 
The maximum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “src-port-min” property

-
  “src-port-min”             guint

+
  “src-port-min”             guint

 
The minimum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar

+
  “tos”                      guchar

 
The TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar

+
  “ttl”                      guchar

 
The time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Owner: NMDeviceVxlan

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
index c4f212bc..d63fbd5f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_last_scan ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 access-points
 Read
 
@@ -176,12 +176,12 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bitrate
 Read
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 last-scan
 Read
 
@@ -216,12 +216,12 @@
 
 void
 access-point-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 access-point-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifi
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (
 
nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

 

@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point
 

 

 
Returns

-
the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -483,14 +483,14 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path
 

 

 
Returns

-
the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

 

@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (
 

 
Returns

-
a GPtrArray containing all the
+
a GPtrArray containing all the
 scanned NMAccessPoints.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMAccessPoint]

@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_get_last_scan ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_wifi_get_last_scan (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME milliseconds) for the last finished
 network scan. A value of -1 means the device never scanned for access points.

@@ -549,10 +549,10 @@ comparing to this value.

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -577,12 +577,12 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -598,11 +598,11 @@ set.

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                     GVariant *options,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GVariant *options,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -633,17 +633,17 @@ D-Bus call. Valid options inside the dictionary are:
 
 
 
options

-
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid options inside the dictionary are:
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -662,9 +662,9 @@ set.

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                   gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that callback
  will be
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ that for the scan to complete.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -710,10 +710,10 @@ that for the scan to complete.

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async
                                (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                GVariant *options,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                GVariant *options,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that callback
  will be
@@ -742,12 +742,12 @@ D-Bus call. Valid options inside the dictionary are:
 
 
 
options

-
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -769,10 +769,10 @@ D-Bus call. Valid options inside the dictionary are:
 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async() and
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async().

 

@@ -791,12 +791,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ set.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “access-points” property

-
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

+
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

 
List of all Wi-Fi access points the device can see.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMAccessPoint)]

 
Owner: NMDeviceWifi

@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “bitrate” property

-
  “bitrate”                  guint

+
  “bitrate”                  guint

 
The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

 
Owner: NMDeviceWifi

 
Flags: Read

@@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “last-scan” property

-
  “last-scan”                gint64

+
  “last-scan”                gint64

 
The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last finished
 network scan. A value of -1 means the device never scanned for
 access points.

@@ -938,8 +938,8 @@ access points.

 
The “access-point-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -968,15 +968,15 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “access-point-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifiP2P.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifiP2P.html
index 18eb7fb7..7a8d1e77 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifiP2P.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifiP2P.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peers ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish ()
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 peers
 Read
 
@@ -127,12 +127,12 @@
 
 void
 peer-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 peer-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifiP2P
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peer_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
the peer or NULL if none is found. 

+
the peer or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.42

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peer_by_path (
 

 
nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peers ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peers (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device);

 
Gets all the found peers of the NMDeviceWifiP2P.

 

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_get_peers (
 
Returns

-
a GPtrArray containing all the
+
a GPtrArray containing all the
 found NMWifiP2PPeers.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMWifiP2PPeer]

@@ -280,10 +280,10 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find ()

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-                               GVariant *options,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);

+                               GVariant *options,
+                               GCancellable *cancellable,
+                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                               gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to search for Wi-Fi P2P peers on device
 . Note that the call
 returns immediately after requesting the find, and it may take some time
@@ -311,12 +311,12 @@ using nm_device_p2p_wifi_stop_find().

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
callback

-
a GAsyncReadyCallback, or NULL

+
a GAsyncReadyCallback, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -333,10 +333,10 @@ using nm_device_p2p_wifi_stop_find().

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GAsyncResult *result,
+                                      GError **error);

 
Finish an operation started by nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -354,12 +354,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish (
result

-
the GAsyncResult

+
the GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
GError return address

+
GError return address

  
 
 
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the call was successful

+
 TRUE if the call was successful

 

 
Since: 1.16

 

@@ -376,9 +376,9 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_start_find_finish (
nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find ()

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                              gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to stop any ongoing find operation for Wi-Fi P2P peers on device
 .

 

@@ -397,12 +397,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find (
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
callback

-
a GAsyncReadyCallback, or NULL

+
a GAsyncReadyCallback, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -419,10 +419,10 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find (
 
nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Finish an operation started by nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -440,12 +440,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish (
 
 
result

-
the GAsyncResult

+
the GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
GError return address

+
GError return address

  
 
 
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the call was successful

+
 TRUE if the call was successful

 

 
Since: 1.16

 

@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish (
Property Details

 

 
The “peers” property

-
  “peers”                    GPtrArray *

+
  “peers”                    GPtrArray *

 
List of all Wi-Fi P2P peers the device can see.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMWifiP2PPeer)]

 
Owner: NMDeviceWifiP2P

@@ -502,8 +502,8 @@ nm_device_wifi_p2p_stop_find_finish (
The “peer-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-               GObject         *peer,
-               gpointer         user_data)

+               GObject         *peer,
+               gpointer         user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWifiP2PPeer is added to the Wi-Fi P2P device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ user_function (Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 
Since: 1.16

 

 

@@ -540,8 +540,8 @@ user_function (
The “peer-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifiP2P *device,
-               GObject         *peer,
-               gpointer         user_data)

+               GObject         *peer,
+               gpointer         user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWifiP2PPeer is removed from the Wi-Fi P2P device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ user_function (Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 
Since: 1.16

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
index 75503275..b5454e0e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 center-frequency
 Read
 
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 nsps
 Read
 
@@ -182,12 +182,12 @@
 
 void
 nsp-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 nsp-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWimax
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (
 

 
Returns

-
the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -348,14 +348,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (
 
Returns

-
a GPtrArray containing
+
a GPtrArray containing
 all the scanned NMWimaxNsps.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMWimaxNsp]

@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
Returns

-
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

+
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

 

 

 

@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “center-frequency” property

-
  “center-frequency”         guint

+
  “center-frequency”         guint

 
The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to
 communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
 device is not connected.

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “nsps” property

-
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

+
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

 
List of all WiMAX Network Service Providers the device can see.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMWimaxNsp)]

 
Owner: NMDeviceWimax

@@ -721,8 +721,8 @@ device is not connected.

 
The “nsp-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -755,15 +755,15 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “nsp-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWireGuard.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWireGuard.html
index bb13e92f..1c3ab2d1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWireGuard.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWireGuard.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_device_wireguard_get_public_key ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_device_wireguard_get_listen_port ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_wireguard_get_fwmark ()
@@ -78,18 +78,18 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 fwmark
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 listen-port
 Read
 
 
 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 public-key
 Read
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWireGuard
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_wireguard_get_public_key ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_device_wireguard_get_public_key (NMDeviceWireGuard *device);

 
Gets the public key for this interface

 

@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ nm_device_wireguard_get_public_key (
 

 
Returns

-
the GBytes containing the 32-byte public key. 

+
the GBytes containing the 32-byte public key. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.14

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ nm_device_wireguard_get_public_key (
 

 
nm_device_wireguard_get_listen_port ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_device_wireguard_get_listen_port (NMDeviceWireGuard *device);

 
Gets the local UDP port this interface listens on

 

@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ nm_device_wireguard_get_listen_port (
 

 
nm_device_wireguard_get_fwmark ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wireguard_get_fwmark (NMDeviceWireGuard *device);

 
Gets the fwmark (firewall mark) for this interface.
 It can be used to set routing policy for outgoing encrypted packets.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ See: ip-rule(8)

 
Property Details

 

 
The “fwmark” property

-
  “fwmark”                   guint

+
  “fwmark”                   guint

 
Optional firewall mark - see ip-rule(8).
 Used when setting routing policy for outgoing encrypted packets.
 Set to 0 to disable the mark (default).

@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ Set to 0 to disable the mark (default).

 

 

 
The “listen-port” property

-
  “listen-port”              guint

+
  “listen-port”              guint

 
Local UDP listen port.
 Set to 0 to allow a random port to be chosen (default).

 
Owner: NMDeviceWireGuard

@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Set to 0 to allow a random port to be chosen (default).

 

 

 
The “public-key” property

-
  “public-key”               GBytes *

+
  “public-key”               GBytes *

 
32-byte public key, derived from the current private key.

 
Owner: NMDeviceWireGuard

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWpan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWpan.html
index b17f1afb..21c17289 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWpan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWpan.html
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWpan
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
index 1fc9a790..755d67b0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 options
 Read
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDhcpConfig
 

@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_family (
 
nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options (NMDhcpConfig *config);

 
Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

 

@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_options (
 
Returns

-
the GHashTable containing
+
the GHashTable containing
 strings for keys and values.  This is the internal copy used by the
 configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type utf8 utf8]

@@ -250,8 +250,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

-
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

 
[type GHashTable(utf8,utf8)]

 
Owner: NMDhcpConfig

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
index 245c2e79..0af6d09e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip_config_get_routes ()
@@ -114,12 +114,12 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 addresses
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 domains
 Read
 
@@ -135,23 +135,23 @@
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 nameservers
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 routes
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 searches
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 wins-servers
 Read
 
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIPConfig
 

@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_gateway (
 
nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the IP addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

 

@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_addresses (
 
Returns

-
the GPtrArray
+
the GPtrArray
 containing NMIPAddresses.  This is the internal copy used by the
 configuration and must not be modified. The library never modifies the
 returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. <
 

 

 
nm_ip_config_get_routes ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_routes (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the routes.

 

@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_routes (
 
Returns

-
the GPtrArray containing
+
the GPtrArray containing
 NMIPRoutes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must
 not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is
 safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_domains (
 
Returns

 
the array of domains.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_searches (
 
Returns

 
the array of DNS search strings.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 
Returns

 
the arry of WINS server IP address strings.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -501,15 +501,15 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
Property Details

 

 
The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

-
A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

+
A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

 
Owner: NMIPConfig

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “domains” property

-
  “domains”                  GStrv

+
  “domains”                  GStrv

 
The array containing domain strings of the configuration.

 
Owner: NMIPConfig

 
Flags: Read

@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “nameservers” property

-
  “nameservers”              GStrv

+
  “nameservers”              GStrv

 
The array containing name server IP addresses of the configuration.

 
Owner: NMIPConfig

 
Flags: Read

@@ -545,8 +545,8 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

-
A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

+
A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

 
[type GPtrArray(NMIPRoute)]

 
Owner: NMIPConfig

 
Flags: Read

@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “searches” property

-
  “searches”                 GStrv

+
  “searches”                 GStrv

 
The array containing DNS search strings of the configuration.

 
Owner: NMIPConfig

 
Flags: Read

@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “wins-servers” property

-
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

+
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

 
The array containing WINS server IP addresses of the configuration.
 (This will always be empty for IPv6 configurations.)

 
Owner: NMIPConfig

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
index b47b93a1..c5563b99 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ├── NMAccessPoint
         ├── NMActiveConnection
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ whether the object is still alive/cached, check NMObject *object);

 
Returns the NMClient instance in which object is cached.
 Also, if the object got removed from the client cached,
-this returns NULL. So it can be used to check whether the
+this returns NULL. So it can be used to check whether the
 object is still alive.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ object is still alive.

 

 
Returns

 
the NMClient cache in which the
-object can be found, or NULL if the object is no longer
+object can be found, or NULL if the object is no longer
 cached. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ cached. 

 
The NMClient instance as returned by nm_object_get_client().

 
When an NMObject gets removed from the NMClient cache,
 the NMObject:path property stays unchanged, but this client
-instance gets reset to NULL. You can use this property to
+instance gets reset to NULL. You can use this property to
 track removal of the object from the cache.

 
Owner: NMObject

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
index 9469e72d..769d3339 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_update2_finish ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_save ()
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_delete ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_version_id ()
@@ -212,22 +212,22 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 flags
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 unsaved
 Read
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 version-id
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 visible
 Read
 
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMRemoteConnection
 

@@ -301,12 +301,12 @@ NetworkManager D-Bus interface.

 
nm_remote_connection_update2 ()

 
void
 nm_remote_connection_update2 (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                              GVariant *settings,
+                              GVariant *settings,
                               NMSettingsUpdate2Flags flags,
-                              GVariant *args,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);

+                              GVariant *args,
+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                              gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously calls the Update2() D-Bus method.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_update2 (
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -361,10 +361,10 @@ nm_remote_connection_update2 (
 
nm_remote_connection_update2_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_update2_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -382,12 +382,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_update2_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -395,8 +395,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_update2_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
on success, a GVariant of type "a{sv}" with the result. On failure,
-NULL. 

+
on success, a GVariant of type "a{sv}" with the result. On failure,
+NULL. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.12

@@ -404,11 +404,11 @@ nm_remote_connection_update2_finish (
 

 
nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

 

 
nm_remote_connection_commit_changes has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -416,8 +416,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (Send any local changes to the settings and properties of connection
  to
 NetworkManager. If save_to_disk
- is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to
-disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

+ is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to
+disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -439,12 +439,12 @@ disk; if 
cancellable

-
+
-
+
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ disk; if 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

@@ -462,15 +462,15 @@ will be set.
void
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
Asynchronously sends any local changes to the settings and properties of
 connection
  to NetworkManager. If save
- is TRUE, the updated connection will
-be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be
+ is TRUE, the updated connection will
+be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be
 changed.

 
Parameters

@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ changed.

 
 

-
+
@@ -514,11 +514,11 @@ changed.

 
nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -536,12 +536,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -549,17 +549,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
nm_remote_connection_save ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                           GCancellable *cancellable,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GCancellable *cancellable,
+                           GError **error);

 

 
nm_remote_connection_save has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_remote_connection_save_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -582,12 +582,12 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

@@ -604,9 +604,9 @@ will be set.
nm_remote_connection_save_async ()
void
 nm_remote_connection_save_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                 gpointer user_data);
Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet
 been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
 

-
+
@@ -646,10 +646,10 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                  GAsyncResult *result,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GAsyncResult *result,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_save_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -667,12 +667,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -680,17 +680,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

 

 
nm_remote_connection_delete has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_remote_connection_delete_async() or GDBusConnection.

@@ -712,12 +712,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (
cancellable

-

+
-
+
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 
 
@@ -734,9 +734,9 @@ will be set.

 
nm_remote_connection_delete_async ()

 
void
 nm_remote_connection_delete_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                   gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously deletes the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
 

-
+
@@ -775,10 +775,10 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
 

 
nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_delete_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -796,12 +796,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -809,18 +809,18 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Request the connection's secrets. Note that this is a blocking D-Bus call,
 not a simple property accessor.

 

@@ -844,12 +844,12 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -857,9 +857,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 
 

 
Returns

-
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing
+
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing
 connection
-'s secrets, or NULL on error.

+'s secrets, or NULL on error.

 
Warning: NMClient contains a cache of objects on D-Bus. This cache gets updated
 with D-Bus signals when iterating the GMainContext. This function performs a
 (pseudo) blocking D-Bus call. Aside blocking, the result will not be in sync
@@ -875,9 +875,9 @@ This function used to be deprecated between 1.22 and 1.38 releases. 

 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                 const char *setting_name,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously requests the connection's secrets.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
 
 

-
+
@@ -921,11 +921,11 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -943,12 +943,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -956,16 +956,16 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
 
 

 
Returns

-
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
+
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
 containing connection
-'s secrets, or NULL on error. 

+'s secrets, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -984,8 +984,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
-been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
+
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
+been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
 representation.

 

 

@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_filename (
 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 
Checks if the connection is visible to the current user.  If the
 connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will
@@ -1071,14 +1071,14 @@ reference to it.)

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current
-user, FALSE if not.

+
 TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current
+user, FALSE if not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_version_id ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_remote_connection_get_version_id (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ file-backed.

 

 

 
The “flags” property

-
  “flags”                    guint

+
  “flags”                    guint

 
The flags of the connection as unsigned integer. The values
 correspond to the NMSettingsConnectionFlags enum.

 
Owner: NMRemoteConnection

@@ -1178,9 +1178,9 @@ correspond to the 
 
The “unsaved” property

-
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
-to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

+
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
+to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

 
Owner: NMRemoteConnection

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ to disk, 
 
The “version-id” property

-
  “version-id”               guint64

+
  “version-id”               guint64

 
The version ID of the profile that is incremented when the profile gets modified.
 This can be used to track concurrent modifications of the profile.

 
Owner: NMRemoteConnection

@@ -1199,8 +1199,8 @@ This can be used to track concurrent modifications of the profile.

 

 

 
The “visible” property

-
  “visible”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if
+
  “visible”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if
 not.  If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it
 will not contain any settings, and operations such as
 nm_remote_connection_save() and nm_remote_connection_delete() will always
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
index d024b926..74f1ceb3 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
 
 

-
+
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 
 
+GDBusConnection *
 
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSecretAgentOld
 

 

@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMSecretAgentOld implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 
 

 
Description

@@ -292,9 +292,9 @@ NMSecretAgentOld implements
 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                    NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GVariant *secrets,
-                                   GError *error,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GVariant *secrets,
+                                   GError *error,
+                                   gpointer user_data);
 
Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to
 return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with
@@ -363,13 +363,13 @@ something like this:

 

-
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                     NMConnection *connection,
-                                    GError *error,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GError *error,
+                                    gpointer user_data);
 
Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ should be called.

 
@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ has returned. 

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                       NMConnection *connection,
-                                      GError *error,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      GError *error,
+                                      gpointer user_data);
 
Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ should be called.

 
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ has returned. 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_get_dbus_connection ()

-
GDBusConnection *
+
GDBusConnection *
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_dbus_connection
                                (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

 

@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_dbus_connection
 

 

 
Returns

-
the GDBusConnection used by the secret agent.
+
the GDBusConnection used by the secret agent.
 You may either set this as construct property NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_DBUS_CONNECTION,
 or it will automatically set during initialization. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ or it will automatically set during initialization. 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_get_main_context ()

-
GMainContext *
+
GMainContext *
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_main_context (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -537,8 +537,8 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_main_context (
 
Returns

-
the GMainContext instance associate with the
-instance. This is the g_main_context_get_thread_default() at the time
+
the GMainContext instance associate with the
+instance. This is the g_main_context_get_thread_default() at the time
 when creating the instance. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -547,16 +547,16 @@ when creating the instance. 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_get_context_busy_watcher ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_context_busy_watcher
                                (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

-
Returns a GObject that stays alive as long as there are pending
-requests in the GDBusConnection. Such requests keep the GMainContext
+
Returns a GObject that stays alive as long as there are pending
+requests in the GDBusConnection. Such requests keep the GMainContext
 alive, and thus you may want to keep iterating the context as long
 until a weak reference indicates that this object is gone. This is
 useful because even when you destroy the instance right away (and all
-the internally pending requests get cancelled), any pending g_dbus_connection_call()
-requests will still invoke the result on the GMainContext. Hence, this
+the internally pending requests get cancelled), any pending g_dbus_connection_call()
+requests will still invoke the result on the GMainContext. Hence, this
 allows you to know how long you must iterate the context to know
 that all remains are cleaned up.

 

@@ -576,8 +576,8 @@ that all remains are cleaned up.

 

 

 
Returns

-
a GObject that you may register a weak pointer
-to know that the GMainContext is still kept busy by self
+
a GObject that you may register a weak pointer
+to know that the GMainContext is still kept busy by self
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ registration is successful.

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

 
Note that the secret agent transparently registers and re-registers
 as the D-Bus name owner appears. Hence, this property is not really
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ with success, you know the instance is registered.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

+
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

 

 

 

@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ with success, you know the instance is registered.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_enable ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_enable (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                            gboolean enable);

+                            gboolean enable);

 
This has the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER
 property.

 
Unlike most other functions, you may already call this function before
@@ -686,14 +686,14 @@ initialization completes.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register_async ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret
 manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and
 save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

 
Since 1.24, registration cannot fail and is idempotent. It has
-the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE
+the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE
 or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

 
Since 1.24, the asynchronous result indicates whether the instance is successfully
 registered. In any case, this call enables the agent and it will automatically
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ you want to check and ensure that the agent is registered.

 
 

-
+
@@ -738,10 +738,10 @@ you want to check and ensure that the agent is registered.

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_register_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -759,12 +759,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -772,9 +772,9 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

 
Since 1.24, registration cannot fail and is idempotent. It has
-the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE
+the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE
 or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

 

 
@@ -815,10 +815,10 @@ instance becomes defunct and cannot re-register.

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register has been deprecated since version 1.24 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_secret_agent_old_enable() or nm_secret_agent_old_register_async().

@@ -842,12 +842,12 @@ secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -855,23 +855,23 @@ secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

 
Since 1.24, this can no longer fail unless the cancellable
 gets
 cancelled. Contrary to nm_secret_agent_old_register_async(), this also
 does not wait for the registration to succeed. You cannot synchronously
 (without iterating the caller's GMainContext) wait for registration.

 
Since 1.24, registration is idempotent. It has the same effect as setting
-NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

+NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to TRUE or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

 

 
 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GError **error);

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister has been deprecated since version 1.24 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

@@ -895,12 +895,12 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -908,9 +908,9 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

+
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

 
Since 1.24, registration cannot fail and is idempotent. It has
-the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE
+the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE
 or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

 

 
@@ -919,9 +919,9 @@ or 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                      gpointer user_data);
 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async has been deprecated since version 1.24 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async (NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE
+the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE
 or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ or 
 

-
+
@@ -969,10 +969,10 @@ or 
 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                       GAsyncResult *result,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GAsyncResult *result,
+                                       GError **error);

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish has been deprecated since version 1.24 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Use nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

@@ -994,12 +994,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (
result

-

+
-
+
@@ -1007,9 +1007,9 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

 
Since 1.24, registration cannot fail and is idempotent. It has
-the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE
+the same effect as setting NM_SECRET_AGENT_OLD_AUTO_REGISTER to FALSE
 or nm_secret_agent_old_enable().

 
 
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_secrets (const char **hints,
                                  NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags,
                                  NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);
+                                 gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously retrieves secrets belonging to connection
  for the
 setting setting_name
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ secrets from the user.

 nm_secret_agent_old_save_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
                                   NMConnection *connection,
                                   NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);
+                                  gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously ensures that all secrets inside connection
  are stored to
 disk.

@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ disk.

 nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
                                     NMConnection *connection,
                                     NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+                                    gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously asks the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to
 connection
 .

@@ -1216,17 +1216,17 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-register” property

-
  “auto-register”            gboolean

-
If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when
+
  “auto-register”            gboolean

+
If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when
 NetworkManager is running; if NetworkManager exits and restarts, the
 agent will re-register itself automatically.

-
In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the
+
In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the
 agent will register itself with NetworkManager during
 construction/initialization and initialization will only complete
 after registration is completed (either successfully or unsuccessfully).
 Since 1.24, a failure to register will no longer cause initialization
 of NMSecretAgentOld to fail.

-
If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with
+
If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with
 NetworkManager, and nm_secret_agent_old_enable() or
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async() must be called to register it.

 
Calling nm_secret_agent_old_enable() has the same effect as setting this
@@ -1248,10 +1248,10 @@ agent is currently registered, this will cause a re-registration.

 

 

 
The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

-
The GDBusConnection used by the instance. You may either set this
+
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

+
The GDBusConnection used by the instance. You may either set this
 as construct-only property, or otherwise NMSecretAgentOld will choose
-a connection via g_bus_get() during initialization.

+a connection via g_bus_get() during initialization.

 
Owner: NMSecretAgentOld

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

 
Since: 1.24

@@ -1274,8 +1274,8 @@ of 3 characters.  An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'
 

 

 
The “registered” property

-
  “registered”               gboolean

-
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

+
  “registered”               gboolean

+
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

 
Owner: NMSecretAgentOld

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
index b35c6b74..a6925d42 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 

-
+
+
+
+
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
-GDBusConnection *
+GDBusConnection *
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_dbus_connection ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 

 

 
-GMainContext *
+GMainContext *
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_main_context ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 

 

 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_context_busy_watcher ()
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_register ()
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-register
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-GDBusConnection *dbus-connection
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 
Read / Write / Construct Only
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 registered
 Read
 
connection

 
the connection for which secrets were requested,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 

 

 
secrets
the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested
+
the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested
 secrets (as created by nm_connection_to_dbus() for example).  Each key in secrets
 should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security")
 and each value should be an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING variant.  The sub-dicts
@@ -397,8 +397,8 @@ and the value is the secret

 
connection

 
the connection for which secrets were to be saved,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
connection

 
the connection for which secrets were to be deleted,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
return location for a GError, or NULL
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for a GError, or NULL
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for a GError, or NULL
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
return location for a GError, or NULL
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 

 

 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_setting_lookup_type ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify_secrets ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_compare ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_diff ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_setting_option_get ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_option_get_boolean ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_option_get_uint32 ()
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
 
 

 
const GVariantType *
+const GVariantType *
 
 
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
 

 

 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_setting_get_enum_property_type ()
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_range_get_range ()
@@ -348,11 +348,11 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
Functions

 

 
NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

 

@@ -396,9 +396,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.
void
 (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                          const char *key,
-                         const GValue *value,
-                         GParamFlags flags,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         const GValue *value,
+                         GParamFlags flags,
+                         gpointer user_data);

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -441,9 +441,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
nm_setting_lookup_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_setting_lookup_type (const char *name);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ nm_setting_lookup_type (const cha
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if
+
 the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if
 name
 is not recognized.

 

@@ -524,14 +524,14 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   GError **error);

+                   GError **error);

 
Validates the setting.  Each setting's properties have allowed values, and
 some are dependent on other values (hence the need for connection
 ).  The
-returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
+returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -551,13 +551,13 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 

-
+
@@ -565,18 +565,18 @@ is being verified in isolation. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
                            NMConnection *connection,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GError **error);

 
Verifies the secrets in the setting.
-The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting
+The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that secret failed validation.
 The secret validation is done separately from main setting validation, because
 in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

@@ -598,13 +598,13 @@ in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

 

-
+
@@ -612,14 +612,14 @@ is being verified in isolation. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -655,18 +655,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);

+                 gboolean invert_results,
+                 GHashTable **results);

 
Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags
 for a description of each flag's behavior.  If the settings differ, the keys
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ one or more 
invert_results

 

+be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

 

 
 

@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied
 user function for each property.

 

@@ -786,17 +786,17 @@ be stable and may change at any time.

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a textual representation of the
 setting's properties and values, which the caller should
-free with g_free()

+free with g_free()

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ handle that secret.

 

-
+
@@ -833,18 +833,18 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

-
+
@@ -881,14 +881,14 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_option_get ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_setting_option_get (NMSetting *setting,
                        const char *opt_name);

 

@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ nm_setting_option_get (
 
Returns

-
the GVariant or NULL if the option
+
the GVariant or NULL if the option
 is not set. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -924,10 +924,10 @@ is not set. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_option_get_boolean ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_option_get_boolean (NMSetting *setting,
                                const char *opt_name,
-                               gboolean *out_value);

+                               gboolean *out_value);

 

 
Parameters

 
connection

 
the NMConnection that setting
 came from, or
-NULL if setting
+NULL if setting
 is being verified in isolation. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
connection

 
the NMConnection that setting
 came from, or
-NULL if setting
+NULL if setting
 is being verified in isolation. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
this parameter is used internally by libnm and should
-be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.
 
 

 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ nm_setting_option_get_boolean (
 
+If the option is unset, FALSE will be returned. 

 
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ If the option is unset, 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if opt_name
+
 TRUE if opt_name
 is set to a boolean variant.

 
 
Since: 1.26

@@ -966,10 +966,10 @@ is set to a boolean variant.

 

 

 
nm_setting_option_get_uint32 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_option_get_uint32 (NMSetting *setting,
                               const char *opt_name,
-                              guint32 *out_value);

+                              guint32 *out_value);

 

 
Parameters

 
out_value

 
the optional output value.
-If the option is unset, FALSE will be returned. 
[out][nullable]
 

 

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ If the option is unset, 0 will be returned. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if opt_name
+
 TRUE if opt_name
 is set to a uint32 variant.

 

 
Since: 1.26

@@ -1011,9 +1011,9 @@ is set to a uint32 variant.

 
void
 nm_setting_option_set (NMSetting *setting,
                        const char *opt_name,
-                       GVariant *variant);

+                       GVariant *variant);
 
If variant
- is NULL, this clears the option if it is set.
+ is NULL, this clears the option if it is set.
 Otherwise, variant
  is set as the option. If variant
  is
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ Currently, only void
 nm_setting_option_set_uint32 (NMSetting *setting,
                               const char *opt_name,
-                              guint32 value);
+                              guint32 value);
 
Like nm_setting_option_set() to set a uint32 GVariant.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ nm_setting_option_set_uint32 (void
 nm_setting_option_set_boolean (NMSetting *setting,
                                const char *opt_name,
-                               gboolean value);
+                               gboolean value);
 
Like nm_setting_option_set() to set a boolean GVariant.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ nm_setting_option_set_boolean (
nm_setting_option_get_all_names ()

 
const char *const *
 nm_setting_option_get_all_names (NMSetting *setting,
-                                 guint *out_len);

+                                 guint *out_len);
 
Gives the name of all set options.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1145,8 +1145,8 @@ nm_setting_option_get_all_names (
 

 
Returns

-
A NULL terminated array of key names. If no names are present, this returns
-NULL. The returned array and the names are owned by NMSetting and might be invalidated
+
A NULL terminated array of key names. If no names are present, this returns
+NULL. The returned array and the names are owned by NMSetting and might be invalidated
 by the next operation. 

 
[array length=out_len zero-terminated=1][transfer none][nullable]

 

@@ -1176,8 +1176,8 @@ nm_setting_option_clear_by_name (
predicate

 

+If the predicate returns TRUE for an option name, the option
+gets removed. If NULL, all options will be removed. 

 
@@ -1188,12 +1188,12 @@ gets removed. If 
 
nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type (NMSetting *setting,
                                    const char *property_name);

 
Gets the D-Bus marshalling type of a property. property_name
  is a D-Bus
-property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

+property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

 

 
Parameters

 
the predicate for which names
 should be clear.
-If the predicate returns TRUE for an option name, the option
-gets removed. If NULL, all options will be removed. 
[nullable][scope call]
 

 

@@ -1227,15 +1227,15 @@ on setting
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_enum_property_type ()

-
GType
-nm_setting_get_enum_property_type (GType setting_type,
+
GType
+nm_setting_get_enum_property_type (GType setting_type,
                                    const char *property_name);

 
Get the type of the enum that defines the values that the property accepts. It is only
 useful for properties configured to accept values from certain enum type, otherwise
-it will return G_TYPE_INVALID. Note that flags (children of G_TYPE_FLAGS) are also
+it will return G_TYPE_INVALID. Note that flags (children of G_TYPE_FLAGS) are also
 considered enums.

 
Note that the GObject property might be implemented as an integer, actually, and not
-as enum. Find out what underlying type is used, checking the GParamSpec, before
+as enum. Find out what underlying type is used, checking the GParamSpec, before
 setting the GObject property.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ setting the GObject property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the enum's GType, or G_TYPE_INVALID if the property is not of enum type

+
 the enum's GType, or G_TYPE_INVALID if the property is not of enum type

 

 
Since: 1.46

 

@@ -1269,8 +1269,8 @@ setting the GObject property.

 

 
nm_range_new ()

 
NMRange *
-nm_range_new (guint64 start,
-              guint64 end);

+nm_range_new (guint64 start,
+              guint64 end);
 
Creates a new NMRange object for the given range. Setting end
 
 equal to start
@@ -1400,10 +1400,10 @@ over the ranges.

 

 

 
nm_range_get_range ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_range_get_range (const NMRange *range,
-                    guint64 *start,
-                    guint64 *end);

+                    guint64 *start,
+                    guint64 *end);

 
Gets the start and end values for the range.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1434,8 +1434,8 @@ nm_range_get_range (const 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the range contains more than one
-element, FALSE otherwise.

+
 TRUE if the range contains more than one
+element, FALSE otherwise.

 

 
Since: 1.42

 

@@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@ nm_range_to_str (const 
nm_range_from_str ()

 
NMRange *
 nm_range_from_str (const char *str,
-                   GError **error);

+                   GError **error);
 
Parses the string representation of the range to create a NMRange
 instance.

 

@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ instance.

 

 

 
Returns

-
the NMRange or NULL. 

+
the NMRange or NULL. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.42

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
index e285bbfd..ac7793e7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

+
+
+
+

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()
@@ -715,12 +715,19 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_optional ()
 
 
const char *
+
+nm_setting_802_1x_get_openssl_ciphers ()
+

 
 

 

@@ -944,6 +951,10 @@
 
#define
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPTIONAL
 
#defineNM_SETTING_802_1X_OPENSSL_CIPHERS

 
 

 

@@ -993,9 +1004,9 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void
 
nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme ()

 
NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
-                                     gsize length,
-                                     GError **error);

+nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
+                                     gsize length,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Determines and verifies the blob type.
 When setting certificate properties of NMSetting8021x
 the blob must be not UNKNOWN (or NULL).

@@ -1036,7 +1047,7 @@ For NULL it also returns NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_UNKNOWN.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the
 network.  Generally only one EAP method is used.  Use the functions
@@ -1068,7 +1079,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);

 
Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i
 .

 

@@ -1102,7 +1113,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

 
Adds an allowed EAP method.  The setting is not valid until at least one
@@ -1132,7 +1143,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
 not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 

 

@@ -1141,7 +1152,7 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);

+                                     guint32 i);

 
Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1169,7 +1180,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);

@@ -1199,7 +1210,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1310,12 +1321,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The
 “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path”
 properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is
-TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
+TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
 compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place
 of these properties.

 

@@ -1335,7 +1346,7 @@ of these properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

 

 

 

@@ -1430,7 +1441,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme.  Not all EAP methods use a
@@ -1525,12 +1536,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *value,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);

+                               GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property
 with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB
 scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
@@ -1555,7 +1566,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate
 file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the CA certificate.

  
 
@@ -1579,7 +1590,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 

 

@@ -1663,14 +1674,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (
Returns

 
 the “subject-match” property. This is the
 substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication
-server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
+server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
 performed.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -1701,7 +1712,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -1735,7 +1746,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1766,8 +1777,8 @@ server is not verified.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -1776,7 +1787,7 @@ successfully added, void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1804,7 +1815,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1834,8 +1845,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1947,7 +1958,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -2038,12 +2049,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *value,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2071,7 +2082,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the client certificate.

  
@@ -2096,7 +2107,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 

 

@@ -2180,7 +2191,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (
Returns

 
 the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with
 EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property.  Valid
-values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

 

 

 

@@ -2208,7 +2219,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel
 
Returns

 
 whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be
 used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the
-“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
+“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
 "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label).  See the
 wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

@@ -2327,7 +2338,7 @@ use 
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored
@@ -2425,12 +2436,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *value,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2455,7 +2466,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA
 certificate file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

  
 
@@ -2479,7 +2490,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 

 

@@ -2564,14 +2575,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match
 
Returns

 
 the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is
 the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2"
-authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
+authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
 is to be performed.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -2602,7 +2613,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -2636,7 +2647,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2668,8 +2679,8 @@ connection

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -2678,7 +2689,7 @@ successfully added, void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2706,7 +2717,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2736,8 +2747,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -2853,7 +2864,7 @@ returned scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -2945,13 +2956,13 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *value,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2979,7 +2990,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the "phase2" client certificate.

  
@@ -3004,7 +3015,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 

 

@@ -3118,7 +3129,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3258,7 +3269,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3352,13 +3363,13 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *value,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -3372,7 +3383,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “private-key-password” property with the given password
 .  If
-the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is set, and no
 internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private key is
@@ -3402,13 +3413,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file
 (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the private key.

  
 
 
 
password

-
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

  
@@ -3433,7 +3444,7 @@ an error is returned.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 

 

@@ -3554,7 +3565,7 @@ scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3649,14 +3660,14 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *value,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -3670,7 +3681,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given
 password
-.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is
 set, and no internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private
@@ -3700,14 +3711,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private
 key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded;
-use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
+use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
 scheme
 clears the private key.

  
 
 
 
password

-
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

  
@@ -3732,7 +3743,7 @@ an error is returned.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 

 

@@ -3875,7 +3886,7 @@ global default value.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_optional ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_optional (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “optional” property.

 

@@ -3895,11 +3906,38 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_optional (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the activation should proceed even when the 802.1X
-authentication fails; FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the activation should proceed even when the 802.1X
+authentication fails; FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.22

 

+

+

+
nm_setting_802_1x_get_openssl_ciphers ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_802_1x_get_openssl_ciphers (NMSetting8021x *setting);

+
Returns the openssl_ciphers configuration for wpa_supplicant.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSetting8021x
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 cipher string for tls setup in wpa_supplicant.

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

 

 

 
Types and Values

@@ -4399,6 +4437,12 @@ type.

 
#define NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPTIONAL                          "optional"
 

 

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPENSSL_CIPHERS

+
#define NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPENSSL_CIPHERS                   "openssl-ciphers"
+

+

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
index 6ae00ebd..b62f9299 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (
 

 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (
 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
index acc1aa7b..a5b4a6c1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_option ()
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_add_option ()
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

 
Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it
 is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually
@@ -314,9 +314,9 @@ using 
 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index.  Indexes
@@ -362,8 +362,8 @@ modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -400,14 +400,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);

@@ -442,9 +442,9 @@ that may already exist.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 returns FALSE if either name
+
 returns FALSE if either name
 or value
-is NULL, in that case
+is NULL, in that case
 the option is not set. Otherwise, the function does not fail and does not validate
 the arguments. All validation happens via nm_connection_verify() or do basic validation
 yourself with nm_setting_bond_validate_option().

@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ to perform validation.

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

 
Remove the bonding option referenced by name
@@ -487,14 +487,14 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

 
Checks whether name
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name
 . If value
- is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -527,10 +527,10 @@ the name

 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if the value
+
 TRUE, if the value
 is valid for the given name.
 If the name
-is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

 

@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ is not a valid option, NMSettingBond *setting);
Returns a list of valid bond options.
The setting
- argument is unused and may be passed as NULL.

+ argument is unused and may be passed as NULL.

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (
 

 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

 
[transfer none][nullable]

 

 
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_normalized (
 
Returns

 
 the value of the bond option after normalization, which is what NetworkManager
-will actually apply when activating the connection. NULL if the option won't be applied
+will actually apply when activating the connection. NULL if the option won't be applied
 to the connection.

 
 
Since: 1.24

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBondPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBondPort.html
index db8bdd5c..b4e68237 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBondPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBondPort.html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 
 
+
+
+
+

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_port_get_queue_id ()
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_port_get_prio ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_port_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_bond_port_get_queue_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_port_get_queue_id (NMSettingBondPort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_port_get_queue_id (
 

 
nm_setting_bond_port_get_prio ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_bond_port_get_prio (NMSettingBondPort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
index 1d29ddd7..67707cc5 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan_filtering ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan_default_pvid ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_num_vlans ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_remove_vlan_by_vid ()
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_bridge_vlan_is_sealed ()
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_bridge_vlan_get_vid_range ()
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_bridge_vlan_is_untagged ()
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_bridge_vlan_is_pvid ()
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan_stats_enabled ()
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_use_ifaddr ()
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_querier ()
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_hash_max ()
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_last_member_count ()
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_last_member_interval ()
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_membership_interval ()
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_querier_interval ()
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_interval ()
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_response_interval ()
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_startup_query_count ()
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_startup_query_interval ()
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask
                                (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
                                (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan_filtering ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan_filtering (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan_filtering (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan_default_pvid ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan_default_pvid
                                (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ given vlan gets sealed and a reference to it is added.

 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_num_vlans ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_bridge_get_num_vlans (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_num_vlans (
nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan ()

 
NMBridgeVlan *
 nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan (NMSettingBridge *setting,
-                            guint idx);

+                            guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan (
nm_setting_bridge_remove_vlan ()

 
void
 nm_setting_bridge_remove_vlan (NMSettingBridge *setting,
-                               guint idx);

+                               guint idx);
 
Removes the vlan at index idx
 .

 

@@ -981,10 +981,10 @@ nm_setting_bridge_remove_vlan (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_remove_vlan_by_vid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_remove_vlan_by_vid (NMSettingBridge *setting,
-                                      guint16 vid_start,
-                                      guint16 vid_end);

+                                      guint16 vid_start,
+                                      guint16 vid_end);

 
Remove the VLAN with range vid_start
  to vid_end
 .
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ and so the single-id VLAN with id vid_start
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the vlan was found and removed; FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the vlan was found and removed; FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.18

 

@@ -1053,8 +1053,8 @@ nm_setting_bridge_clear_vlans (
 
nm_bridge_vlan_new ()

 
NMBridgeVlan *
-nm_bridge_vlan_new (guint16 vid_start,
-                    guint16 vid_end);

+nm_bridge_vlan_new (guint16 vid_start,
+                    guint16 vid_end);
 
Creates a new NMBridgeVlan object for the given VLAN id range.
 Setting vid_end
  to 0 is equivalent to setting it to vid_start
@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ an unsealed copy with 
 
nm_bridge_vlan_is_sealed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_bridge_vlan_is_sealed (const NMBridgeVlan *vlan);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ is sealed or not.

 
nm_bridge_vlan_set_untagged ()

 
void
 nm_bridge_vlan_set_untagged (NMBridgeVlan *vlan,
-                             gboolean value);

+                             gboolean value);

 
Change the value of the untagged property of the VLAN.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1301,9 +1301,9 @@ nm_bridge_vlan_set_untagged (
nm_bridge_vlan_set_pvid ()

 
void
 nm_bridge_vlan_set_pvid (NMBridgeVlan *vlan,
-                         gboolean value);

+                         gboolean value);
 
Change the value of the PVID property of the VLAN. It
-is invalid to set the value to TRUE for non-single-id
+is invalid to set the value to TRUE for non-single-id
 VLANs.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1332,10 +1332,10 @@ VLANs.

 

 

 
nm_bridge_vlan_get_vid_range ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_bridge_vlan_get_vid_range (const NMBridgeVlan *vlan,
-                              guint16 *vid_start,
-                              guint16 *vid_end);

+                              guint16 *vid_start,
+                              guint16 *vid_end);

 
Gets the VLAN id range.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ nm_bridge_vlan_get_vid_range (const 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE is the VLAN specifies a range, FALSE if it is
+
 TRUE is the VLAN specifies a range, FALSE if it is
 a single-id VLAN.

 

 
Since: 1.18

@@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ a single-id VLAN.

 

 

 
nm_bridge_vlan_is_untagged ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_bridge_vlan_is_untagged (const NMBridgeVlan *vlan);

 
Returns whether the VLAN is untagged.

 

@@ -1394,14 +1394,14 @@ nm_bridge_vlan_is_untagged (const 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the VLAN is untagged, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the VLAN is untagged, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.18

 

 

 

 
nm_bridge_vlan_is_pvid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_bridge_vlan_is_pvid (const NMBridgeVlan *vlan);

 
Returns whether the VLAN is the PVID for the port.

 

@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ nm_bridge_vlan_is_pvid (const 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the VLAN is the PVID

+
 TRUE if the VLAN is the PVID

 

 
Since: 1.18

 

@@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ nm_bridge_vlan_is_pvid (const 
nm_bridge_vlan_to_str ()

 
char *
 nm_bridge_vlan_to_str (const NMBridgeVlan *vlan,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 
Convert a NMBridgeVlan to a string.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ nm_bridge_vlan_to_str (const 
 
Returns

-
 formatted string or NULL

+
 formatted string or NULL

 

 
Since: 1.18

 

@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ nm_bridge_vlan_to_str (const 
nm_bridge_vlan_from_str ()

 
NMBridgeVlan *
 nm_bridge_vlan_from_str (const char *str,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GError **error);
 
Parses the string representation of the queueing
 discipline to a NMBridgeVlan instance.

 

@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ discipline to a 
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMBridgeVlan or NULL

+
 the NMBridgeVlan or NULL

 

 
Since: 1.18

 

@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan_protocol (const 
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan_stats_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_vlan_stats_enabled
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_router
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_use_ifaddr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_use_ifaddr
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_use_ifaddr
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_querier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_querier
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_querier
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_hash_max ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_hash_max
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_hash_max
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_last_member_count ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_last_member_count
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_last_member_count
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_last_member_interval ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_last_member_interval
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_last_member_interval
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_membership_interval ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_membership_interval
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_membership_interval
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_querier_interval ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_querier_interval
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_querier_interval
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_interval ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_interval
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_interval
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_response_interval ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_response_interval
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_query_response_interval
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_startup_query_count ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_startup_query_count
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_startup_query_count
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_startup_query_interval ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_startup_query_interval
                                (const NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
index dfd522e0..9e3eb041 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 
 

-
+
@@ -947,7 +964,7 @@ unless the entry is invalid, in which case it returns "invalid".

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
+
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
 was invalid

 

 
@@ -980,7 +997,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

@@ -1009,14 +1026,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
-FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
+FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -1052,7 +1069,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

-
+
@@ -1060,13 +1077,13 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if ptype
+
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if ptype
 or pitem
 was invalid.
 If the permission was already present in the list, it will not be added
-a second time but TRUE will be returned. Note that before 1.28, in this
-case FALSE would be returned.

+a second time but TRUE will be returned. Note that before 1.28, in this
+case FALSE would be returned.

 

 
 

@@ -1075,7 +1092,7 @@ case void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the permission at index idx
  from the connection.

 

@@ -1104,7 +1121,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -1141,7 +1158,7 @@ be a username. See “permissions”: for more details
 
 

-
+
@@ -1149,7 +1166,7 @@ be a username. See “permissions”: for more details
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -1159,7 +1176,7 @@ be a username. See “permissions”: for more details
 nm_setting_connection_get_master (NMSettingConnection *setting);
 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_master has been deprecated since version 1.46. and should not be used in newly-written code.

-
Use nm_setting_connection_get_controller() instead which
+
Use nm_setting_connection_get_master() instead which
 is just an alias.

 

 
Returns the “master” property of the connection.

@@ -1215,7 +1232,7 @@ connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

 
nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type has been deprecated since version 1.46. and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -1245,7 +1262,7 @@ against setting
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
+
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
 

 

 
@@ -1373,7 +1390,7 @@ with the connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1401,7 +1418,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
 
nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);

+                                     guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_num_vlans ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_remove_vlan_by_vid ()
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (
 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ given vlan gets sealed and a reference to it is added.

 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_num_vlans ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_num_vlans (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_num_vlans (
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_vlan ()

 
NMBridgeVlan *
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_vlan (NMSettingBridgePort *setting,
-                                 guint idx);

+                                 guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_vlan (
nm_setting_bridge_port_remove_vlan ()

 
void
 nm_setting_bridge_port_remove_vlan (NMSettingBridgePort *setting,
-                                    guint idx);

+                                    guint idx);
 
Removes the vlan at index idx
 .

 

@@ -376,11 +376,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_remove_vlan (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_remove_vlan_by_vid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_remove_vlan_by_vid
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting,
-                                guint16 vid_start,
-                                guint16 vid_end);

+                                guint16 vid_start,
+                                guint16 vid_end);

 
Remove the VLAN with range vid_start
  to vid_end
 .
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ and so the single-id VLAN with id vid_start
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the vlan was found and removed; FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the vlan was found and removed; FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.18

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
index 4b7fa909..76510135 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
 

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -535,6 +547,10 @@
 
+
+
+
+

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu ()
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu (NMSettingCdma *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
index 05979d17..ff6f1564 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_wait_device_timeout ()
@@ -351,13 +351,21 @@
 

 

 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_wait_activation_delay ()
 
 

 

+NMSettingConnectionDownOnPoweroff
+
+nm_setting_connection_get_down_on_poweroff ()
+

 const char *
 
 
@@ -516,6 +524,10 @@
 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_WAIT_ACTIVATION_DELAY
 

 
#defineNM_SETTING_CONNECTION_DOWN_ON_POWEROFF

 enum
 NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
 
enum
 NMSettingConnectionDnsOverTls
 
enumNMSettingConnectionDownOnPoweroff

 
 

 

@@ -543,6 +559,7 @@
 
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
     ├── NMSettingConnectionDnsOverTls
+    ├── NMSettingConnectionDownOnPoweroff
     ├── NMSettingConnectionLldp
     ├── NMSettingConnectionLlmnr
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionMdns
@@ -703,7 +720,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

 

@@ -813,7 +830,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_multi_connect
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

 

@@ -839,7 +856,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_read_only has been deprecated since version 1.44 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -863,13 +880,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the “permissions”
@@ -897,9 +914,9 @@ property of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);

@@ -939,7 +956,7 @@ unless the entry is invalid, in which case it returns "invalid".

 

 

 
out_detail
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

  
 

 

 
detail
unused at this time; must be NULL. 
unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
detail
unused at this time; must be NULL. 
unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [nullable]
 

 

@@ -1420,7 +1437,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (
idx

 
+NULL. Otherwise, it is a user error.

 
@@ -1430,14 +1447,14 @@ Access one past the length of secondaries is ok and will return
 
Returns

 
 the secondary connection UUID at index idx
 or
-NULL if idx
+NULL if idx
 is the number of secondaries.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

 
Adds a new secondary connection UUID to the setting.

@@ -1465,7 +1482,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
 was already present

 

 

@@ -1475,7 +1492,7 @@ was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the secondary connection UUID at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1504,7 +1521,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);

@@ -1534,13 +1551,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1755,7 +1772,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_mptcp_flags (
 
nm_setting_connection_get_wait_device_timeout ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_wait_device_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1783,7 +1800,7 @@ the timeout in milliseconds. -1 is the default.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_wait_activation_delay ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_wait_activation_delay
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1810,6 +1827,35 @@ the delay in milliseconds. -1 is the default.

 

 

 

+
nm_setting_connection_get_down_on_poweroff ()

+
NMSettingConnectionDownOnPoweroff
+nm_setting_connection_get_down_on_poweroff
+                               (NMSettingConnection *setting);

+
Returns the NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_DOWN_ON_POWEROFF property.

+

+
Parameters

+
the zero-based index of the secondary connection UUID entry.
 Access one past the length of secondaries is ok and will return
-NULL. Otherwise, it is a user error.
 
 

 

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingConnection
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 whether the connection will be brought down before the system
+is powered off.

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

 
nm_setting_connection_get_mud_url ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_mud_url (NMSettingConnection *setting);

@@ -2046,6 +2092,12 @@ property.

 

 

 

+
NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_DOWN_ON_POWEROFF

+
#define NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_DOWN_ON_POWEROFF      "down-on-poweroff"
+

+

+

+

 
enum NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves

 
NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves has been deprecated since version 1.46 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves values indicate whether slave connections
@@ -2264,6 +2316,46 @@ master is activated

 

 
Since: 1.34

 

+

+

+
enum NMSettingConnectionDownOnPoweroff

+
NMSettingConnectionDownOnPoweroff indicates whether the connection will be
+brought down before the system is powered off.

+

+
Members

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_DOWN_ON_POWEROFF_DEFAULT

+
default value

+		 
NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_DOWN_ON_POWEROFF_NO

+
disable down-on-poweroff

+		 
NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_DOWN_ON_POWEROFF_YES

+
enable down-on-poweroff

+		 

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
index 4370ce9d..e4f6dfdf 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()
@@ -536,10 +536,10 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -564,9 +564,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
+
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
 ,
-FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled

 

@@ -575,8 +575,8 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean enabled);
These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ the 
 

-
+
@@ -636,9 +636,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);

+                                      guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 

 
enabled
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

  
 

 

@@ -674,8 +674,8 @@ only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes th
 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);

+                                      guint user_priority,
+                                      guint group_id);
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -711,10 +711,10 @@ unrestricted group.

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);

+                                guint group_id);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 

@@ -751,8 +751,8 @@ only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes th
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id,
-                                guint bandwidth_percent);

+                                guint group_id,
+                                guint bandwidth_percent);
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -787,9 +787,9 @@ to

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);

+                                       guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -825,8 +825,8 @@ These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags”
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);

+                                       guint user_priority,
+                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -862,10 +862,10 @@ allowed to use within its priority group

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -890,9 +890,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if user_priority
+
 TRUE if user_priority
 may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its
-assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
+assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
 “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -902,8 +902,8 @@ assigned group, or void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean strict);
+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean strict);
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -927,9 +927,9 @@ the 
 

-
+its priority group, or FALSE if not

@@ -939,10 +939,10 @@ its priority group, or 
 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 

 
strict
TRUE to allow user_priority
+
TRUE to allow user_priority
 to use all the bandwidth allocated to
-its priority group, or FALSE if not

  
 

 
 

@@ -979,8 +979,8 @@ valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                guint traffic_class);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                guint traffic_class);

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingEthtool.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingEthtool.html
index 0f7af39b..85462cd5 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingEthtool.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingEthtool.html
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 

-
+
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ check whether the option name is valid for offload features.

 
Returns

 
list of set option
-names or NULL if no options are set. The option names are still owned by
+names or NULL if no options are set. The option names are still owned by
 setting
 and may get invalidated when setting
 gets modified. 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
index fae31e4e..31071224 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ nm_setting_generic_get_device_handler (
 
Returns

-
 the device handler name, or NULL if no device handler is set

+
 the device handler name, or NULL if no device handler is set

 
Since: 1.46

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
index 67f6f5dd..42637baf 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -250,6 +274,64 @@ property.

 
 

 

+
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_temp_valid_lifetime ()

+
gint32
+nm_setting_ip6_config_get_temp_valid_lifetime
+                               (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

+
Returns the value contained in the “temp-valid-lifetime”
+property.

+

+
Parameters

+

 
 
 
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_feature ()
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_coalesce ()
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_ring ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_pause ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_channels ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_eee ()
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ to control network driver and hardware settings.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_ethtool_optname_is_feature ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_feature (const char *optname);

 
Checks whether optname
  is a valid option name for an offload feature.

@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ nm_ethtool_optname_is_feature (const 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if optname
+
 TRUE, if optname
 is valid

 
Note that nm_ethtool_optname_is_feature() was first added to the libnm header files
 in 1.14.0 but forgot to actually add to the library. This happened belatedly in 1.20.0 and
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ the stable versions 1.18.2, 1.16.4 and 1.14.8 (with linker version "libnm_1_14_8
 

 

 
nm_ethtool_optname_is_coalesce ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_coalesce (const char *optname);

 
Checks whether optname
  is a valid option name for a coalesce setting.

@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ nm_ethtool_optname_is_coalesce (const 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if optname
+
 TRUE, if optname
 is valid

 

 
Since: 1.26

@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ is valid

 

 

 
nm_ethtool_optname_is_ring ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_ring (const char *optname);

 
Checks whether optname
  is a valid option name for a ring setting.

@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ nm_ethtool_optname_is_ring (const 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if optname
+
 TRUE, if optname
 is valid

 

 
Since: 1.26

@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ is valid

 

 

 
nm_ethtool_optname_is_pause ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_pause (const char *optname);

 
Checks whether optname
  is a valid option name for a pause setting.

@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ nm_ethtool_optname_is_pause (const 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if optname
+
 TRUE, if optname
 is valid

 

 
Since: 1.32

@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ is valid

 

 

 
nm_ethtool_optname_is_channels ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_channels (const char *optname);

 
Checks whether optname
  is a valid option name for a channels setting.

@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ nm_ethtool_optname_is_channels (const 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if optname
+
 TRUE, if optname
 is valid

 

 
Since: 1.46

@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ is valid

 

 

 
nm_ethtool_optname_is_eee ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ethtool_optname_is_eee (const char *optname);

 
Checks whether optname
  is a valid option name for an eee setting.

@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ nm_ethtool_optname_is_eee (const 
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if optname
+
 TRUE, if optname
 is valid

 

 
Since: 1.46

@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ nm_setting_ethtool_new (void
nm_setting_ethtool_get_optnames ()

 
const char **
 nm_setting_ethtool_get_optnames (NMSettingEthtool *setting,
-                                 guint *out_length);

+                                 guint *out_length);

 

 
nm_setting_ethtool_get_optnames has been deprecated since version 1.26 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
use nm_setting_option_get_all_names() instead.

@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ check whether the option name is valid for offload features.

 

 

 
out_length
return location for the number of keys returned, or NULL. 
return location for the number of keys returned, or NULL. 

 [out][optional]
 

 
 
 
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_auto_config ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_initial_eps_config ()
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_gsm_get_auto_config ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_auto_config (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (
 
nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_sim_operator_id (
 

 
nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_gsm_get_initial_eps_config ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_initial_eps_config (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingHsr.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingHsr.html
index 4d9cf5db..438197a8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingHsr.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingHsr.html
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_hsr_get_multicast_spec ()
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_hsr_get_prp ()
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_setting_hsr_get_port2 (
 
nm_setting_hsr_get_multicast_spec ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_hsr_get_multicast_spec (NMSettingHsr *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ nm_setting_hsr_get_multicast_spec (
 

 
nm_setting_hsr_get_prp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_hsr_get_prp (NMSettingHsr *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
index 54a8c0f2..a524db36 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
@@ -58,6 +58,22 @@
 

 

 
+gint32
+
+nm_setting_ip6_config_get_temp_valid_lifetime ()
+

+gint32
+
+nm_setting_ip6_config_get_temp_preferred_lifetime ()
+

 NMSettingIP6ConfigAddrGenMode
 
 
@@ -80,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ra_timeout ()
@@ -88,7 +104,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_mtu ()
@@ -122,6 +138,14 @@
 

 

 #defineNM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TEMP_VALID_LIFETIME
#defineNM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME
#define
 NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE
 

 

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingIP6Config
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 The valid lifetime of autogenerated temporary addresses.

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_temp_preferred_lifetime ()

+
gint32
+nm_setting_ip6_config_get_temp_preferred_lifetime
+                               (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

+
Returns the value contained in the “temp-preferred-lifetime”
+property.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingIP6Config
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 The preferred lifetime of autogenerated temporary addresses.

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_addr_gen_mode ()

 
NMSettingIP6ConfigAddrGenMode
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_addr_gen_mode
@@ -337,7 +419,7 @@ sent to the DHCPv6 servers.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ra_timeout ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ra_timeout (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -364,7 +446,7 @@ timeout for router advertisements in seconds.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_mtu (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -434,6 +516,18 @@ as hint for DHCPv6 prefix delegation.

 

 

 

+
NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TEMP_VALID_LIFETIME

+
#define NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TEMP_VALID_LIFETIME "temp-valid-lifetime"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME

+
#define NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME "temp-preferred-lifetime"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE

 
#define NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE "addr-gen-mode"
 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
index b9eb2cb7..c4d6f352 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_address_equal ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_equal ()
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_equal_full ()
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_metric ()
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_attribute_validate ()
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_is_sealed ()
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_invert ()
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_priority ()
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_tos ()
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_ipproto ()
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_start ()
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_end ()
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_start ()
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_end ()
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmark ()
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmask ()
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_from_len ()
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_to_len ()
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_action ()
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_table ()
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_suppress_prefixlength ()
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_uid_range ()
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_routing_rule_validate ()
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()
@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()
@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table ()
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routing_rules ()
@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()
@@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()
@@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()
@@ -1200,6 +1200,14 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 nm_setting_ip_config_get_replace_local_rule ()
 		
 

+NMTernary
+
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_release ()
+

 
 

 

@@ -1417,6 +1425,10 @@ addressing, routing, and name service properties

 
 
 #define
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_SEND_RELEASE
+
+
+#define
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTING_RULES
 
 
@@ -1536,8 +1548,8 @@ related to IP addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service.

 
NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new (int family,
                    const char *addr,
-                   guint prefix,
-                   GError **error);

+                   guint prefix,
+                   GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPAddress object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1566,7 +1578,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1574,7 +1586,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 

 

 
Returns

-
the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -1583,9 +1595,9 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 
nm_ip_address_new_binary ()

 
NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new_binary (int family,
-                          gconstpointer addr,
-                          guint prefix,
-                          GError **error);

+                          gconstpointer addr,
+                          guint prefix,
+                          GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPAddress object. addr
  must point to a buffer of the
 correct size for family
@@ -1617,7 +1629,7 @@ correct size for family
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1625,7 +1637,7 @@ correct size for family
 

 

 
Returns

-
the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -1677,7 +1689,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip_address_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_address_equal (NMIPAddress *address,
                      NMIPAddress *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPAddress objects contain the same address and prefix
@@ -1707,7 +1719,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

@@ -1882,7 +1894,7 @@ have a valid address, use 
nm_ip_address_get_address_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gpointer addr);

+                                  gpointer addr);

 
Gets the IP address property of this address object.

 
addr
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address
@@ -1916,7 +1928,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (
nm_ip_address_set_address_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gconstpointer addr);

+                                  gconstpointer addr);

 
Sets the IP address property of this address object.

 
addr
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address
@@ -1948,7 +1960,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (
 

 
nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix (NMIPAddress *address);

 
Gets the IP address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address
 object.

@@ -1977,7 +1989,7 @@ object.

 
nm_ip_address_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_prefix (NMIPAddress *address,
-                          guint prefix);

+                          guint prefix);

 
Sets the IP address prefix property of this address object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2026,14 +2038,14 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -2066,7 +2078,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute (name
 on
 address
-, or NULL if address
+, or NULL if address
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2077,7 +2089,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name,
-                             GVariant *value);

+                             GVariant *value);

 
Sets or clears the named attribute on address
  to the given value.

 

@@ -2114,10 +2126,10 @@ nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new (int family,
                  const char *dest,
-                 guint prefix,
+                 guint prefix,
                  const char *next_hop,
-                 gint64 metric,
-                 GError **error);

+                 gint64 metric,
+                 GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPRoute object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2146,7 +2158,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
 
 
next_hop

-
the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

+
the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

 [nullable]
 
 
@@ -2156,7 +2168,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -2164,7 +2176,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 

 

 
Returns

-
the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -2173,14 +2185,14 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
nm_ip_route_new_binary ()

 
NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new_binary (int family,
-                        gconstpointer dest,
-                        guint prefix,
-                        gconstpointer next_hop,
-                        gint64 metric,
-                        GError **error);

+                        gconstpointer dest,
+                        guint prefix,
+                        gconstpointer next_hop,
+                        gint64 metric,
+                        GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPRoute object. dest
  and next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must
+ (if non-NULL) must
 point to buffers of the correct size for family
 .

 

@@ -2210,7 +2222,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 
 
next_hop

-
the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

+
the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

 [nullable]
 
 
@@ -2220,7 +2232,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -2228,7 +2240,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 

 
Returns

-
the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -2280,7 +2292,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_equal (NMIPRoute *route,
                    NMIPRoute *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix,
@@ -2310,16 +2322,16 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_equal_full ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_equal_full (NMIPRoute *route,
                         NMIPRoute *other,
-                        guint cmp_flags);

+                        guint cmp_flags);

 
Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix,
 next hop, and metric.

 

@@ -2354,7 +2366,7 @@ is supported.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 
Since: 1.10

 

@@ -2483,7 +2495,7 @@ have a valid address, use nm_inet_is_valid() to ch
 
nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gpointer dest);

+                             gpointer dest);

 
Gets the destination property of this route object.

 
dest
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -2517,7 +2529,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (
nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gconstpointer dest);

+                             gconstpointer dest);

 
Sets the destination property of this route object.

 
dest
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -2549,7 +2561,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (
 
nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the IP prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

 

@@ -2577,7 +2589,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_prefix (
nm_ip_route_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_prefix (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        guint prefix);

+                        guint prefix);

 
Sets the prefix property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2607,7 +2619,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_prefix (
nm_ip_route_get_next_hop ()

 
const char *
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop (NMIPRoute *route);

-
Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the
+
Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the
 route has no next hop.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2626,7 +2638,7 @@ route has no next hop.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

+
 the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

 

 

 

@@ -2637,7 +2649,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop (const char *next_hop);

 
Sets the next-hop property of this route object.

 
next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route
+ (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route
 's family. If you
 aren't sure you have a valid address, use nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check
 it.

@@ -2667,9 +2679,9 @@ it.

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gpointer next_hop);

+                                 gpointer next_hop);

 
Gets the next hop property of this route object.

 
next_hop
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -2699,8 +2711,8 @@ nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if route
-has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case
+
 TRUE if route
+has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case
 next_hop
 will be zeroed out)

 

@@ -2710,10 +2722,10 @@ will be zeroed out)

 
nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gconstpointer next_hop);

+                                 gconstpointer next_hop);

 
Sets the destination property of this route object.

 
next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for
+ (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for
 route
 's family.

 
[skip]

@@ -2743,7 +2755,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (
 

 
nm_ip_route_get_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_ip_route_get_metric (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values
 indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"
@@ -2773,7 +2785,7 @@ indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"
 
nm_ip_route_set_metric ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_metric (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        gint64 metric);

+                        gint64 metric);

 
Sets the metric property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2822,14 +2834,14 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -2862,7 +2874,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute (name
 on
 route
-, or NULL if route
+, or NULL if route
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2873,7 +2885,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name,
-                           GVariant *value);

+                           GVariant *value);

 
Sets the named attribute on route
  to the given value.

 

@@ -2919,12 +2931,12 @@ nm_ip_route_get_variant_attribute_spec
 

 

 
nm_ip_route_attribute_validate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_attribute_validate (const char *name,
-                                GVariant *value,
+                                GVariant *value,
                                 int family,
-                                gboolean *known,
-                                GError **error);

+                                gboolean *known,
+                                GError **error);

 
Validates a route attribute, i.e. checks that the attribute is a known one
 and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 

@@ -2958,7 +2970,7 @@ and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -2966,7 +2978,7 @@ and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.8

 

@@ -3089,7 +3101,7 @@ the instance if the reference count reaches zero.

 

 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_is_sealed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_routing_rule_is_sealed (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3169,7 +3181,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_addr_family (const 
 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_invert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_invert (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3197,7 +3209,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_invert (const 
nm_ip_routing_rule_set_invert ()

 
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_invert (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                               gboolean invert);

+                               gboolean invert);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -3225,7 +3237,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_invert (
 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_priority ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_priority (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3245,7 +3257,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_priority (const 
 
Returns

 
 the priority. A valid priority is in the range from
-0 to G_MAXUINT32. If unset, -1 is returned.

+0 to G_MAXUINT32. If unset, -1 is returned.

 

 
Since: 1.18

 

@@ -3254,8 +3266,8 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_priority (const 
nm_ip_routing_rule_set_priority ()

 
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_priority (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                 gint64 priority);

-
A valid priority ranges from 0 to G_MAXUINT32. "-1" is also allowed
+                                 gint64 priority);
+
A valid priority ranges from 0 to G_MAXUINT32. "-1" is also allowed
 to reset the priority. It is a bug calling this function with any
 other value.

 

@@ -3285,7 +3297,7 @@ other value.

 

 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_tos ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_tos (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3313,7 +3325,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_tos (const 
nm_ip_routing_rule_set_tos ()

 
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_tos (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                            guint8 tos);

+                            guint8 tos);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -3341,7 +3353,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_tos (
 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_ipproto ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_ipproto (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3369,7 +3381,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_ipproto (const 
nm_ip_routing_rule_set_ipproto ()

 
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_ipproto (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                guint8 ipproto);

+                                guint8 ipproto);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -3397,7 +3409,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_ipproto (
 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_start ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_start
                                (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

@@ -3424,7 +3436,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_start
 

 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_end ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_end
                                (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

@@ -3453,8 +3465,8 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_source_port_end
 
nm_ip_routing_rule_set_source_port ()

 
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_source_port (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                    guint16 start,
-                                    guint16 end);

+                                    guint16 start,
+                                    guint16 end);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -3487,7 +3499,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_source_port (
 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_start ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_start
                                (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

@@ -3514,7 +3526,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_start
 

 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_end ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_end
                                (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

@@ -3544,8 +3556,8 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_destination_port_end
 
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_destination_port
                                (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                guint16 start,
-                                guint16 end);

+                                guint16 start,
+                                guint16 end);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -3578,7 +3590,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_destination_port
 

 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmark ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmark (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3604,7 +3616,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmark (const 
 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmask ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmask (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3632,8 +3644,8 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_fwmask (const 
nm_ip_routing_rule_set_fwmark ()

 
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_fwmark (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                               guint32 fwmark,
-                               guint32 fwmask);

+                               guint32 fwmark,
+                               guint32 fwmask);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -3666,7 +3678,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_fwmark (
 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_from_len ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_from_len (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3712,7 +3724,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_from (const 
 
Returns

 
the set from/src parameter or
-NULL, if no value is set. 

+NULL, if no value is set. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.18

@@ -3723,7 +3735,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_from (const void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_from (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
                              const char *from,
-                             guint8 len);

+                             guint8 len);
 
Setting invalid values is accepted, but will later fail
 during nm_ip_routing_rule_validate().

 

@@ -3759,7 +3771,7 @@ The address family must match. 

 

 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_to_len ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_to_len (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3805,7 +3817,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_to (const 
 
Returns

 
the set to/dst parameter or
-NULL, if no value is set. 

+NULL, if no value is set. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.18

@@ -3816,7 +3828,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_to (const void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_to (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
                            const char *to,
-                           guint8 len);

+                           guint8 len);
 
Setting invalid values is accepted, but will later fail
 during nm_ip_routing_rule_validate().

 

@@ -3843,7 +3855,7 @@ The address family must match. 

 

+is NULL, this valid is ignored.

 
@@ -3873,7 +3885,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_iifname (const 
 
Returns

-
the set iifname or NULL if unset. 

+
the set iifname or NULL if unset. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
Since: 1.18

@@ -3904,7 +3916,7 @@ representation you'd get double backslashes.

 
 
-
+
@@ -3934,7 +3946,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_oifname (const 
 
Returns

-
the set oifname or NULL if unset. 

+
the set oifname or NULL if unset. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
Since: 1.18

@@ -3965,7 +3977,7 @@ representation you'd get double backslashes.

 
 
-
+
@@ -3976,7 +3988,7 @@ representation you'd get double backslashes.

 

 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_action ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_action (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4004,7 +4016,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_action (const 
nm_ip_routing_rule_set_action ()

 
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_action (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                               guint8 action);

+                               guint8 action);

 
Note that currently only certain actions are allowed. nm_ip_routing_rule_validate()
 will reject unsupported actions as invalid.

 

@@ -4034,7 +4046,7 @@ will reject unsupported actions as invalid.

 

 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_table ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_table (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4062,7 +4074,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_table (const 
nm_ip_routing_rule_set_table ()

 
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_table (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                              guint32 table);

+                              guint32 table);

 

 
Parameters

 
len

 
the corresponding prefix length of the address.
 If to
-is NULL, this valid is ignored.
 
 

 

 
iifname
the iifname to set or NULL to unset. 
the iifname to set or NULL to unset. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
oifname
the oifname to set or NULL to unset. 
the oifname to set or NULL to unset. 

 [nullable]
 

 

@@ -4090,7 +4102,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_set_table (
 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_suppress_prefixlength ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_suppress_prefixlength
                                (const NMIPRoutingRule *self);

 

@@ -4120,7 +4132,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_get_suppress_prefixlength
 
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_suppress_prefixlength
                                (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                gint32 suppress_prefixlength);

+                                gint32 suppress_prefixlength);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -4149,10 +4161,10 @@ unset.

 

 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_get_uid_range ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_routing_rule_get_uid_range (const NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                  guint32 *out_range_start,
-                                  guint32 *out_range_end);

+                                  guint32 *out_range_start,
+                                  guint32 *out_range_end);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -4184,7 +4196,7 @@ or 0 if the range is not set. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a uid range is set.

+
 TRUE if a uid range is set.

 
This API was wrongly introduced in the header files for 1.32, but the
 symbols were not exported. The API only works since 1.34 and newer.

 

@@ -4195,8 +4207,8 @@ symbols were not exported. The API only works since 1.34 and newer.

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_set_uid_range ()

 
void
 nm_ip_routing_rule_set_uid_range (NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                                  guint32 uid_range_start,
-                                  guint32 uid_range_end);

+                                  guint32 uid_range_start,
+                                  guint32 uid_range_end);
 
For a valid range, start must be less or equal to end.
 If set to an invalid range, the range gets unset.

 
This API was wrongly introduced in the header files for 1.32, but the
@@ -4268,9 +4280,9 @@ equality or how the arguments compare.

 

 

 
nm_ip_routing_rule_validate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_routing_rule_validate (const NMIPRoutingRule *self,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -4295,7 +4307,7 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_validate (const 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the rule validates.

+
 TRUE if the rule validates.

 

 
Since: 1.18

 
@@ -4305,8 +4317,8 @@ nm_ip_routing_rule_validate (const NMIPRoutingRule *
 nm_ip_routing_rule_from_string (const char *str,
                                 NMIPRoutingRuleAsStringFlags to_string_flags,
-                                GHashTable *extra_args,
-                                GError **error);
+                                GHashTable *extra_args,
+                                GError **error);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -4343,7 +4355,7 @@ conversion. Currently, not extra arguments are supported. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
the new NMIPRoutingRule or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMIPRoutingRule or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.18

@@ -4354,8 +4366,8 @@ conversion. Currently, not extra arguments are supported. 

 
char *
 nm_ip_routing_rule_to_string (const NMIPRoutingRule *self,
                               NMIPRoutingRuleAsStringFlags to_string_flags,
-                              GHashTable *extra_args,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GHashTable *extra_args,
+                              GError **error);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -4392,7 +4404,7 @@ conversion. Currently, not extra arguments are supported. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
the string representation or NULL on error. 

+
the string representation or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.18

@@ -4427,7 +4439,7 @@ methods available with each type.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4486,7 +4498,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns (
 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                               const char *dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

@@ -4514,7 +4526,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
 known

 
Before 1.42, setting dns
 to an invalid string was treated as user-error.
@@ -4556,7 +4568,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns);

@@ -4586,7 +4598,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
Before 1.42, setting dns
 to an invalid string was treated as user-error.

 

@@ -4616,7 +4628,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -4677,7 +4689,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_search (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -4705,7 +4717,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
 domain was already known

 

 

@@ -4744,7 +4756,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -4774,7 +4786,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -4803,7 +4815,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_searches
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -4830,7 +4842,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
NMSettingIPConfig can have a list of dns-options. If the list
 is empty, there are two similar (but differentiated) states.
@@ -4863,7 +4875,7 @@ a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                     guint idx);

+                                     guint idx);

 
Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4897,7 +4909,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_option);

 
Adds a new DNS option to the setting.

@@ -4925,7 +4937,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -4965,7 +4977,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_option);

@@ -4995,7 +5007,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -5005,7 +5017,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
 
void
 nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                gboolean is_set);

+                                gboolean is_set);

 
Removes all configured DNS options.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -5061,7 +5073,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (
 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -5122,7 +5134,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                   NMIPAddress *address);

 
Adds a new IP address and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -5151,7 +5163,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
+
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
 known.

 

 

@@ -5189,7 +5201,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPAddress *address);

@@ -5219,7 +5231,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -5267,13 +5279,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_gateway (
 
Returns

 
 the IP address of the gateway associated with this configuration, or
-NULL.

+NULL.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -5333,13 +5345,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

 
Appends a new route and associated information to the setting.  The
 given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.
 If an identical route (considering attributes as well) already exists, the
-route is not added and the function returns FALSE.

+route is not added and the function returns FALSE.

 
Note that before 1.10, this function would not consider route attributes
 and not add a route that has an existing route with same dest/prefix,next_hop,metric
 parameters.

@@ -5367,7 +5379,7 @@ parameters.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

 

 

 

@@ -5404,7 +5416,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

@@ -5437,7 +5449,7 @@ and ignore route attributes. Now, route
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -5465,7 +5477,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
 property.

@@ -5493,7 +5505,7 @@ specify a metric. See “route-metric” for more deta
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-table”
 property.

@@ -5521,7 +5533,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routing_rules ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routing_rules
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -5550,7 +5562,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routing_rules
 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_routing_rule ()

 
NMIPRoutingRule *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_routing_rule (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                       guint idx);

+                                       guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -5622,7 +5634,7 @@ of the added rule must be compatible with the setting.

 
void
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_routing_rule
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);
 
Removes the routing_rule at index idx
 .

 

@@ -5676,7 +5688,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routing_rules
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
@@ -5698,14 +5710,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
 ignored.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
@@ -5727,7 +5739,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
 should be ignored.

 

 
@@ -5762,7 +5774,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname”
@@ -5784,7 +5796,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
 DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically
 update DNS information for this machine.

 

@@ -5820,7 +5832,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
@@ -5842,14 +5854,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default
+
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default
 connection

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

@@ -5870,7 +5882,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP
+
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP
 addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

 

 
@@ -6021,7 +6033,7 @@ property.

 
const char *const *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_reject_servers
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint *out_len);

+                                guint *out_len);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -6046,8 +6058,8 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_reject_servers
 
 

 
Returns

-
A NULL terminated array of DHCP reject servers. Even if no reject
-servers are configured, this always returns a non NULL value. 

+
A NULL terminated array of DHCP reject servers. Even if no reject
+servers are configured, this always returns a non NULL value. 

 
[array length=out_len zero-terminated=1][transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.28

@@ -6090,7 +6102,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dhcp_reject_server
 
void
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dhcp_reject_server
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);
 
Removes the DHCP reject server at index idx
 .

 

@@ -6195,6 +6207,33 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_replace_local_rule
 

 
Since: 1.44

 
+

+

+
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_release ()

+
NMTernary
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_release
+                               (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingIPConfig
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “dhcp-send-release” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

 

 

 
Types and Values

@@ -6581,6 +6620,12 @@ rule verfies or fail.

 

 

 

+
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_SEND_RELEASE

+
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_SEND_RELEASE   "dhcp-send-release"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTING_RULES

 
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTING_RULES "routing-rules"
 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
index a6d7224e..64210ad5 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark ()
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_remote (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “ttl” property of the setting.

 

@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (
 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “tos” property of the setting.

 

@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (
 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “path-mtu-discovery” property of the setting.

@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “encapsulation-limit” property of the setting.

@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “flow-label” property of the setting.

 

@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “fwmark” property of the setting.

 

@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_fwmark (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “mtu” property of the setting.

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
index 7517142d..db9062e9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (
 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_virtual_interface_name
                                (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 
Returns the interface name created by combining “parent”
 and “p-key”. (If either property is unset, this will
-return NULL.)

+return NULL.)

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ return 
 
Returns

-
 the interface name, or NULL

+
 the interface name, or NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLink.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLink.html
index 7cd0c6ac..f0173914 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLink.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLink.html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ are still returned.

 
Returns

 
a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 
Since: 1.42

@@ -1674,10 +1674,10 @@ are still returned.

 
nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array
 of new-style NetworkManager IP routes. All routes will include "dest" (an IP
 address string), "prefix" (an uint) and optionally "next-hop" (an IP address
 string) and "metric" (an uint). Some routes may include additional attributes.
@@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ valid routes are still returned.

 

 
Returns

-
a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1709,12 +1709,12 @@ valid routes are still returned.

 
nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                  int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (as described in the documentation for
-nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.
+nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.
 Invalid routes are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

 
Since 1.46, an empty list is returned if the variant type is not valid
 (before it was checked as assertion)

@@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@ Invalid routes are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

 

-
+
@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ Invalid routes are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

 
Returns

 
a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 
Since: 1.42

@@ -1756,24 +1756,24 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection
-object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

 
 
 

 

 
NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

 
NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) (const char *filename,
                               const struct stat *stat,
-                              gpointer user_data,
-                              GError **error);

+                              gpointer user_data,
+                              GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -1782,10 +1782,10 @@ object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with const char *progname,
                                const char *try_first,
                                const char *const *paths,
-                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
+                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
                                NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate,
-                               gpointer user_data,
-                               GError **error);
+                               gpointer user_data,
+                               GError **error);
 
Searches for a progname
  file in a list of search paths
 .

@@ -1812,16 +1812,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path. 

 

-
-
+. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

 
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ function. 

 
-
+
@@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ function. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found.
+
the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found.
 The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later
 invocations of the function might overwrite it. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -1859,8 +1859,8 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1885,8 +1885,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (
 
nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

 

@@ -1921,8 +1921,8 @@ is invalid

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

 
Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

@@ -1961,8 +1961,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (
 
nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

 
Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

 

@@ -1989,13 +1989,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE or FALSE

+
 TRUE or FALSE

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11bg band).

 

@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void
 

 
nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11a band).

 

@@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void
 
nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

+nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

 
Converts strength
  into a 4-character-wide graphical representation of
 strength suitable for printing to stdout.

@@ -2051,7 +2051,7 @@ the functionality are encouraged to make their implementations instead.

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int type);

 
Returns the length in octets of a hardware address of type type
 .

@@ -2082,8 +2082,8 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
-                      gsize length);

+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
+                      gsize length);

 
Converts addr
  to textual form.

 

@@ -2119,12 +2119,12 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (
 
nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
-                       gsize length);

+                       gsize length);

 
Parses asc
- and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
-nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
+nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_link_get_tx_queue_length ()
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_size ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_segments ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_link_get_gro_max_size ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ nm_setting_link_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_link_get_tx_queue_length ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_link_get_tx_queue_length (NMSettingLink *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “tx-queue-length”
 property.

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_size ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_size (NMSettingLink *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “gso-max-size”
 property.

@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_segments ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_link_get_gso_max_segments (NMSettingLink *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “gso-max-segments”
 property.

@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_link_get_gro_max_size ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_link_get_gro_max_size (NMSettingLink *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “gro-max-size”
 property.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLoopback.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLoopback.html
index b6e96795..5fcf39f9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLoopback.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingLoopback.html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_loopback_get_mtu ()
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ nm_setting_loopback_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_loopback_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_loopback_get_mtu (NMSettingLoopback *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html
index 4bb383d3..379f7c2d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macsec_get_send_sci ()
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ nm_setting_macsec_get_mode (
 
nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt (NMSettingMacsec *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ nm_setting_macsec_get_validation (
 

 
nm_setting_macsec_get_send_sci ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macsec_get_send_sci (NMSettingMacsec *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
index 4979cf0e..49d16a08 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_mode (
 
nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (
 

 
nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMatch.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMatch.html
index 19caee40..5c9fdf14 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMatch.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMatch.html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_match_get_num_interface_names ()
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_match_remove_interface_name_by_value ()
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_match_get_num_kernel_command_lines ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line_by_value ()
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_match_get_num_drivers ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_match_remove_driver_by_value ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_match_get_num_paths ()
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_match_remove_path_by_value ()
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ versions since 1.14. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_match_get_num_interface_names ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_match_get_num_interface_names
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting);

 

@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_interface_name
 

 

 
nm_setting_match_remove_interface_name_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_match_remove_interface_name_by_value
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
                                 const char *interface_name);

@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_interface_name_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the interface name was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the interface name was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.14

 

@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ nm_setting_match_clear_interface_names
 
nm_setting_match_get_interface_names ()

 
const char *const *
 nm_setting_match_get_interface_names (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                                      guint *length);

+                                      guint *length);

 
Returns all the interface names.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_interface_names (
Returns

 
the NULL terminated list of
 configured interface names.

-
Before 1.26, the returned array was not NULL terminated and you MUST provide a length. 

+
Before 1.26, the returned array was not NULL terminated and you MUST provide a length. 

 
[transfer none][array length=length]

 

 
Since: 1.14

@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ configured interface names.

 

 

 
nm_setting_match_get_num_kernel_command_lines ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_match_get_num_kernel_command_lines
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting);

 

@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_num_kernel_command_lines
 
const char *
 nm_setting_match_get_kernel_command_line
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);

 
Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_kernel_command_line
 
void
 nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);
 
Removes the kernel command line argument at index idx
 .

 

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line
 

 

 
nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line_by_value
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
                                 const char *kernel_command_line);

@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_kernel_command_line_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the kernel command line argument was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the kernel command line argument was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.26

 

@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ nm_setting_match_clear_kernel_command_lines
 
const char *const *
 nm_setting_match_get_kernel_command_lines
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                                guint *length);

+                                guint *length);
 
Returns all the interface names.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_kernel_command_lines
 

 

 
nm_setting_match_get_num_drivers ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_match_get_num_drivers (NMSettingMatch *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_num_drivers (
nm_setting_match_get_driver ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_match_get_driver (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                             guint idx);

+                             guint idx);

 
Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_driver (
nm_setting_match_remove_driver ()

 
void
 nm_setting_match_remove_driver (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);
 
Removes the driver at index idx
 .

 

@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_driver (
 

 
nm_setting_match_remove_driver_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_match_remove_driver_by_value
                                (NMSettingMatch *setting,
                                 const char *driver);

@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_driver_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the driver was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the driver was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.26

 

@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ nm_setting_match_clear_drivers (
nm_setting_match_get_drivers ()

 
const char *const *
 nm_setting_match_get_drivers (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                              guint *length);

+                              guint *length);
 
Returns all the drivers.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_drivers (
 
nm_setting_match_get_num_paths ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_match_get_num_paths (NMSettingMatch *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_num_paths (
nm_setting_match_get_path ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_match_get_path (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                           guint idx);

+                           guint idx);

 
Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ nm_setting_match_get_path (
nm_setting_match_remove_path ()

 
void
 nm_setting_match_remove_path (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                              guint idx);

+                              guint idx);
 
Removes the path at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_path (
 
nm_setting_match_remove_path_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_match_remove_path_by_value (NMSettingMatch *setting,
                                        const char *path);

 
Removes path
@@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ nm_setting_match_remove_path_by_value (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the path was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the path was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.26

 

@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ nm_setting_match_clear_paths (
nm_setting_match_get_paths ()

 
const char *const *
 nm_setting_match_get_paths (NMSettingMatch *setting,
-                            guint *length);

+                            guint *length);
 
Returns all the paths.

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
index c20ae085..fc4852a9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsBridge.html
index 02041e9f..bdafd446 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsBridge.html
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_mcast_snooping_enable ()
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_rstp_enable ()
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_stp_enable ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_fail_mode (
 

 
nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_mcast_snooping_enable ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_mcast_snooping_enable
                                (NMSettingOvsBridge *self);

 

@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_mcast_snooping_enable
 

 

 
nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_rstp_enable ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_rstp_enable (NMSettingOvsBridge *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_rstp_enable (
 
nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_stp_enable ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_stp_enable (NMSettingOvsBridge *self);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsDpdk.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsDpdk.html
index 94534945..3fde6033 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsDpdk.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsDpdk.html
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq ()
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq_desc ()
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_txq_desc ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_devargs (
 

 
nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq (NMSettingOvsDpdk *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq (
 

 
nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq_desc ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq_desc (NMSettingOvsDpdk *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_rxq_desc (
 

 
nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_txq_desc ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ovs_dpdk_get_n_txq_desc (NMSettingOvsDpdk *self);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsExternalIDs.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsExternalIDs.html
index 7e82fd2b..6631dbe2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsExternalIDs.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsExternalIDs.html
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_key ()
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_val ()
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_new (
 
const char *const *
 nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_get_data_keys
                                (NMSettingOvsExternalIDs *setting,
-                                guint *out_len);

+                                guint *out_len);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_get_data_keys
 

 
Returns

 
a
-NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table. 

+NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table. 

 
[array length=out_len][transfer none]

 
Since: 1.30

@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_get_data (
 
Returns

 
the value associated with key
-or NULL if no such
+or NULL if no such
 value exists. 

 
[transfer none]

 
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_set_data (
val

-
+
@@ -240,12 +240,12 @@ nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_set_data (
 
nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_key (const char *key,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GError **error);

 
Checks whether key
  is a valid key for OVS' external-ids.
-This means, the key cannot be NULL, not too large and valid ASCII.
+This means, the key cannot be NULL, not too large and valid ASCII.
 Also, only digits and numbers are allowed with a few special
 characters. They key must also not start with "NM.".

 

@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ characters. They key must also not start with "NM.".

 
 

-
+
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ characters. They key must also not start with "NM.".

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if key
+
 TRUE if key
 is a valid user data key.

 

 
Since: 1.30

@@ -280,12 +280,12 @@ is a valid user data key.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_val ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_external_ids_check_val (const char *val,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GError **error);

 
Checks whether val
  is a valid user data value. This means,
-value is not NULL, not too large and valid UTF-8.

+value is not NULL, not too large and valid UTF-8.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
the value to set or NULL to clear a key. 
the value to set or NULL to clear a key. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
error
a GError, NULL to ignore.
a GError, NULL to ignore.

  
 

 

@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ value is not 
error

-
+
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ value is not 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if val
+
 TRUE if val
 is a valid user data value.

 
 
Since: 1.30

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsInterface.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsInterface.html
index d1d7be22..cd6b9f6c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsInterface.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsInterface.html
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 
 
-
+
@@ -1527,17 +1527,17 @@ contain the IP gateway. 

 

 
Returns

 
a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and
 metric).

 

@@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ metric).

 

 

 
Returns

-
a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1565,11 +1565,11 @@ metric).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an
 array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next
-hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. Note that invalid
+hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. Note that invalid
 routes are ignored but the valid ones are still returned.

 
Since 1.46, an empty list is returned if the variant type is not valid
 (before it was checked as assertion)

@@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ routes are ignored but the valid ones are still returned.

 
 

-
+
a GError, NULL to ignore.
a GError, NULL to ignore.

  
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_ofport_request ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_interface_type
 

 

 
nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_ofport_request ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_ofport_request
                                (NMSettingOvsInterface *self);

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsOtherConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsOtherConfig.html
index c778ab8b..de650136 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsOtherConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsOtherConfig.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_other_config_new (
 
const char *const *
 nm_setting_ovs_other_config_get_data_keys
                                (NMSettingOvsOtherConfig *setting,
-                                guint *out_len);

+                                guint *out_len);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_other_config_get_data_keys
 

 
Returns

 
a
-NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table. 

+NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table. 

 
[array length=out_len][transfer none]

 
Since: 1.42

@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_other_config_get_data (
 
Returns

 
the value associated with key
-or NULL if no such
+or NULL if no such
 value exists. 

 
[transfer none]

 
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_other_config_set_data (
val

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsPort.html
index f7e588c9..9ef6d5cf 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOvsPort.html
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 
 
-
+
@@ -203,12 +203,12 @@ For 
 
nm_keyfile_read ()

 
NMConnection *
-nm_keyfile_read (GKeyFile *keyfile,
+nm_keyfile_read (GKeyFile *keyfile,
                  const char *base_dir,
                  NMKeyfileHandlerFlags handler_flags,
                  NMKeyfileReadHandler handler,
                  void *user_data,
-                 GError **error);

+                 GError **error);
 
Tries to create a NMConnection from a keyfile. The resulting keyfile is
 not normalized and might not even verify.

 

@@ -266,9 +266,9 @@ be an absolute path.

 

 

 
NMKeyfileWriteHandler ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMKeyfileWriteHandler) (NMConnection *connection,
-                          GKeyFile *keyfile,
+                          GKeyFile *keyfile,
                           NMKeyfileHandlerType handler_type,
                           NMKeyfileHandlerData *handler_data,
                           void *user_data);

@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ the writing with error.

 

-
+
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ depends on the handler_type
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the callee should return TRUE if the event was handled. If the
+
 the callee should return TRUE if the event was handled. If the
 event was unhandled, a default action will be performed that depends on
 the handler_type
 .

@@ -333,12 +333,12 @@ the handler_type
 

 

 
nm_keyfile_write ()

-
GKeyFile *
+
GKeyFile *
 nm_keyfile_write (NMConnection *connection,
                   NMKeyfileHandlerFlags handler_flags,
                   NMKeyfileWriteHandler handler,
                   void *user_data,
-                  GError **error);

+                  GError **error);

 
connection
  should verify as a valid profile according to
 nm_connection_verify(). If it does not verify, the keyfile may
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ to override the default behavior. 

 

-
+
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ to override the default behavior. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
a new GKeyFile or NULL on error. 

+
a new GKeyFile or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.30

@@ -396,14 +396,14 @@ to override the default behavior. 

 
void
 nm_keyfile_handler_data_fail_with_error
                                (NMKeyfileHandlerData *handler_data,
-                                GError *src);

+                                GError *src);
 
Set the error for the handler. This lets the operation fail
 with the provided error. You may only set the error once.

 
src
- must be non-NULL.

+ must be non-NULL.

 
Note that src
  is no longer valid after this call. If you want
-to keep using the same GError*, you need to set it to NULL
+to keep using the same GError*, you need to set it to NULL
 after calling this function on it.

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
index 7d53938f..316edb95 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 

-
-
-
+
@@ -811,15 +811,15 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
-                       gsize len);

+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
+                       gsize len);
 
Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings.  Thus, an SSID may
 contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters.  Often it is
 useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the
@@ -865,19 +865,19 @@ _only_.

 

 
Returns

 
an allocated string containing a UTF-8
-representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
-Returns NULL on errors. 

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
+Returns NULL on errors. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);

@@ -942,15 +942,15 @@ e.g. (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilities intersect and are
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilities intersect and are
 compatible with the desired type
-, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

 
Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check
@@ -982,15 +982,15 @@ e.g. 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
 type
-, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

 
Checks if key
@@ -1019,14 +1019,14 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if key
-is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if key
+is a WEP key, FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

 
Checks if psk
  is a valid WPA PSK

@@ -1047,16 +1047,16 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if psk
-is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if psk
+is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_is_json_object ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_is_json_object (const char *str,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
the value to set or NULL to clear a key. 
the value to set or NULL to clear a key. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_tag ()
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_updelay ()
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_downdelay ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_num_trunks ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk_by_value ()
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_get_vlan_mode (
 

 
nm_setting_ovs_port_get_tag ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_tag (NMSettingOvsPort *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_mode (
 

 
nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_updelay ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_updelay (NMSettingOvsPort *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_updelay (
 
nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_downdelay ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_downdelay
                                (NMSettingOvsPort *self);

 

@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ This takes a reference to trunk
 

 

 
nm_setting_ovs_port_get_num_trunks ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_num_trunks (NMSettingOvsPort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_get_num_trunks (
nm_setting_ovs_port_get_trunk ()

 
NMRange *
 nm_setting_ovs_port_get_trunk (NMSettingOvsPort *setting,
-                               guint idx);

+                               guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_get_trunk (
nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk (NMSettingOvsPort *setting,
-                                  guint idx);

+                                  guint idx);
 
Removes the trunk range at index idx
 .

 

@@ -492,11 +492,11 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk (
 

 
nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk_by_value
                                (NMSettingOvsPort *setting,
-                                guint start,
-                                guint end);

+                                guint start,
+                                guint end);

 
Remove the trunk range with range start
  to end
 .

@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ nm_setting_ovs_port_remove_trunk_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the trunk range was found and removed; FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the trunk range was found and removed; FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.42

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
index 01e0b26e..de31355d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
-
+
+
+
+
+

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingProxy.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingProxy.html
index 5a3296fe..c6b6e6d1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingProxy.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingProxy.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_proxy_get_browser_only ()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ access.

 

 

 
nm_setting_proxy_get_browser_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_proxy_get_browser_only (NMSettingProxy *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ nm_setting_proxy_get_browser_only (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this proxy configuration is only for browser
-clients/schemes, FALSE otherwise.

+
 TRUE if this proxy configuration is only for browser
+clients/schemes, FALSE otherwise.

 

 
Since: 1.6

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
index b4f5f1f5..34d11efa 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSriov.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSriov.html
index d7386945..04ab3ea2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSriov.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSriov.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_sriov_get_total_vfs ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_sriov_get_num_vfs ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf_by_index ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_sriov_vf_add_vlan ()
@@ -146,14 +146,14 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_sriov_vf_remove_vlan ()
 
 

 
const guint *
+const guint *
 
 
 nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_ids ()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_qos ()
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_sriov_vf_equal ()
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_sriov_vf_get_index ()
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute ()
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_sriov_vf_attribute_validate ()
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ nm_setting_sriov_new (void
 

 

 
nm_setting_sriov_get_total_vfs ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_sriov_get_total_vfs (NMSettingSriov *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “total-vfs”
 property.

@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_sriov_get_num_vfs ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_sriov_get_num_vfs (NMSettingSriov *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_setting_sriov_get_num_vfs (
nm_setting_sriov_get_vf ()

 
NMSriovVF *
 nm_setting_sriov_get_vf (NMSettingSriov *setting,
-                         guint idx);

+                         guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ given VF is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.
nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf ()
void
 nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf (NMSettingSriov *setting,
-                            guint idx);

+                            guint idx);
Removes the VF at index idx
 .

@@ -538,9 +538,9 @@ nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf (
 
nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf_by_index ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf_by_index (NMSettingSriov *setting,
-                                     guint index);

+                                     guint index);

 
Removes the VF with VF index index
 .

 

@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ nm_setting_sriov_remove_vf_by_index (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the VF was found and removed; FALSE if it was not

+
 TRUE if the VF was found and removed; FALSE if it was not

 

 
Since: 1.14

 

@@ -706,9 +706,9 @@ nm_setting_sriov_get_eswitch_encap_mode
 

 

 
nm_sriov_vf_add_vlan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_sriov_vf_add_vlan (NMSriovVF *vf,
-                      guint vlan_id);

+                      guint vlan_id);

 
Adds a VLAN to the VF. Currently kernel only supports one VLAN per VF.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -734,16 +734,16 @@ nm_sriov_vf_add_vlan (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the VLAN was added; FALSE if it already existed

+
 TRUE if the VLAN was added; FALSE if it already existed

 

 
Since: 1.14

 

 

 

 
nm_sriov_vf_remove_vlan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_sriov_vf_remove_vlan (NMSriovVF *vf,
-                         guint vlan_id);

+                         guint vlan_id);

 
Removes a VLAN from a VF.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_remove_vlan (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the VLAN was removed, FALSE if the VLAN vlan_id
+
 TRUE if the VLAN was removed, FALSE if the VLAN vlan_id
 did not belong to the VF.

 

 
Since: 1.14

@@ -777,9 +777,9 @@ did not belong to the VF.

 

 

 
nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_ids ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_ids (const NMSriovVF *vf,
-                          guint *length);

+                          guint *length);

 
Returns the VLANs currently configured on the VF. Currently kernel only
 supports one VLAN per VF.

 

@@ -816,8 +816,8 @@ supports one VLAN per VF.

 
nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_qos ()

 
void
 nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_qos (NMSriovVF *vf,
-                          guint vlan_id,
-                          guint32 qos);

+                          guint vlan_id,
+                          guint32 qos);
 
Sets a QoS value for the given VLAN.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_qos (
nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_protocol ()

 
void
 nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_protocol (NMSriovVF *vf,
-                               guint vlan_id,
+                               guint vlan_id,
                                NMSriovVFVlanProtocol protocol);

 
Sets the protocol for the given VLAN.

 

@@ -888,9 +888,9 @@ nm_sriov_vf_set_vlan_protocol (
 

 
nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_qos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_qos (const NMSriovVF *vf,
-                          guint vlan_id);

+                          guint vlan_id);

 
Returns the QoS value for the given VLAN.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_qos (const 
nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_protocol ()

 
NMSriovVFVlanProtocol
 nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_protocol (const NMSriovVF *vf,
-                               guint vlan_id);

+                               guint vlan_id);
 
Returns the configured protocol for the given VLAN.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_vlan_protocol (const 
 
nm_sriov_vf_new ()

 
NMSriovVF *
-nm_sriov_vf_new (guint index);

+nm_sriov_vf_new (guint index);
 
Creates a new NMSriovVF object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_sriov_vf_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_sriov_vf_equal (const NMSriovVF *vf,
                    const NMSriovVF *other);

 
Determines if two NMSriovVF objects have the same index,
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE
+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE
 if they do not.

 

 
Since: 1.14

@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_dup (const 
 
nm_sriov_vf_get_index ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_sriov_vf_get_index (const NMSriovVF *vf);

 
Gets the index property of this VF object.

 

@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_index (const void
 nm_sriov_vf_set_attribute (NMSriovVF *vf,
                            const char *name,
-                           GVariant *value);

+                           GVariant *value);
 
Sets the named attribute on vf
  to the given value.

 

@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute_names (const 
 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

 
[transfer container]

 

 
Since: 1.14

@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute_names (const 
 
nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute (const NMSriovVF *vf,
                            const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ nm_sriov_vf_get_attribute (const the value of the attribute with name name
 on
 vf
-, or NULL if vf
+, or NULL if vf
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1237,11 +1237,11 @@ has no such attribute. 

 

 

 
nm_sriov_vf_attribute_validate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_sriov_vf_attribute_validate (const char *name,
-                                GVariant *value,
-                                gboolean *known,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GVariant *value,
+                                gboolean *known,
+                                GError **error);

 
Validates a VF attribute, i.e. checks that the attribute is a known one,
 the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 

@@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.42

 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTCConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTCConfig.html
index 10642fe2..e90b8c5e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTCConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTCConfig.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
-
+
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_new (const char
 

 
Returns

-
the new NMTCQdisc object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMTCQdisc object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.12

@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_tc_qdisc_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_tc_qdisc_equal (NMTCQdisc *qdisc,
                    NMTCQdisc *other);

 
Determines if two NMTCQdisc objects contain the same kind, * handle
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 
Since: 1.12

 
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_get_kind (
 
nm_tc_qdisc_get_handle ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_tc_qdisc_get_handle (NMTCQdisc *qdisc);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_get_handle (
nm_tc_qdisc_set_handle ()

 
void
 nm_tc_qdisc_set_handle (NMTCQdisc *qdisc,
-                        guint32 handle);

+                        guint32 handle);

 
Sets the queueing discipline handle.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_set_handle (
 
nm_tc_qdisc_get_parent ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_tc_qdisc_get_parent (NMTCQdisc *qdisc);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -724,8 +724,8 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names
-or NULL if no attributes are set. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names
+or NULL if no attributes are set. 

 
[transfer container]

 

 
Since: 1.18

@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ or 
 
nm_tc_qdisc_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_tc_qdisc_get_attribute (NMTCQdisc *qdisc,
                            const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_get_attribute (name
 on
 qdisc
-, or NULL if qdisc
+, or NULL if qdisc
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_tc_qdisc_set_attribute (NMTCQdisc *qdisc,
                            const char *name,
-                           GVariant *value);

+                           GVariant *value);

 
Sets or clears the named attribute on qdisc
  to the given value.

 

@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_set_attribute (
nm_tc_action_new ()

 
NMTCAction *
 nm_tc_action_new (const char *kind,
-                  GError **error);

+                  GError **error);
 
Creates a new NMTCAction object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ nm_tc_action_new (const char
 

-
+
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ nm_tc_action_new (const char
 

 
Returns

-
the new NMTCAction object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMTCAction object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.12

@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_tc_action_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_tc_action_equal (NMTCAction *action,
                     NMTCAction *other);

 
Determines if two NMTCAction objects contain the same kind, family,
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 
Since: 1.12

 
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ nm_tc_action_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.12

@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ nm_tc_action_get_attribute_names (
 

 
nm_tc_action_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_tc_action_get_attribute (NMTCAction *action,
                             const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ nm_tc_action_get_attribute (name
 on
 action
-, or NULL if action
+, or NULL if action
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_tc_action_set_attribute (NMTCAction *action,
                             const char *name,
-                            GVariant *value);

+                            GVariant *value);
 
Sets or clears the named attribute on action
  to the given value.

 

@@ -1096,8 +1096,8 @@ nm_tc_action_set_attribute (
nm_tc_tfilter_new ()

 
NMTCTfilter *
 nm_tc_tfilter_new (const char *kind,
-                   guint32 parent,
-                   GError **error);

+                   guint32 parent,
+                   GError **error);
 
Creates a new NMTCTfilter object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ nm_tc_tfilter_new (const char
 

-
+
@@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ nm_tc_tfilter_new (const char
 

 
Returns

-
the new NMTCTfilter object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMTCTfilter object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.12

@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_tc_tfilter_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_tc_tfilter_equal (NMTCTfilter *tfilter,
                      NMTCTfilter *other);

 
Determines if two NMTCTfilter objects contain the same kind, family,
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 
Since: 1.12

 
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ nm_tc_tfilter_get_kind (
 
nm_tc_tfilter_get_handle ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_tc_tfilter_get_handle (NMTCTfilter *tfilter);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ nm_tc_tfilter_get_handle (
nm_tc_tfilter_set_handle ()

 
void
 nm_tc_tfilter_set_handle (NMTCTfilter *tfilter,
-                          guint32 handle);

+                          guint32 handle);

 
Sets the queueing discipline handle.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ nm_tc_tfilter_set_handle (
 
nm_tc_tfilter_get_parent ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_tc_tfilter_get_parent (NMTCTfilter *tfilter);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_qdiscs ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_qdiscs (NMSettingTCConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_qdiscs (
nm_setting_tc_config_get_qdisc ()

 
NMTCQdisc *
 nm_setting_tc_config_get_qdisc (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 

 
error
return location for a GError, or NULL
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_tc_qdisc_equal ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_tc_qdisc_get_handle ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_tc_qdisc_get_parent ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_tc_qdisc_get_attribute ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_tc_action_equal ()
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_tc_action_get_attribute ()
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_tc_tfilter_equal ()
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_tc_tfilter_get_handle ()
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_tc_tfilter_get_parent ()
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_qdiscs ()
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tc_config_add_qdisc ()
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc_by_value ()
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_tfilters ()
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tc_config_add_tfilter ()
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter_by_value ()
@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@
 
nm_tc_qdisc_new ()

 
NMTCQdisc *
 nm_tc_qdisc_new (const char *kind,
-                 guint32 parent,
-                 GError **error);

+                 guint32 parent,
+                 GError **error);
 
Creates a new NMTCQdisc object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ nm_tc_qdisc_new (const char
 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -1487,13 +1487,13 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_get_qdisc (
 

 
nm_setting_tc_config_add_qdisc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tc_config_add_qdisc (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
                                 NMTCQdisc *qdisc);

 
Appends a new qdisc and associated information to the setting.  The
 given qdisc is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.
 If an identical qdisc (considering attributes as well) already exists, the
-qdisc is not added and the function returns FALSE.

+qdisc is not added and the function returns FALSE.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ qdisc is not added and the function returns 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the qdisc was added; FALSE if the qdisc was already known.

+
 TRUE if the qdisc was added; FALSE if the qdisc was already known.

 
 
Since: 1.12

 
@@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ qdisc is not added and the function returns 
nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc ()

 
void
 nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
-                                   guint idx);

+                                   guint idx);
 
Removes the qdisc at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc (
 

 
nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc_by_value
                                (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
                                 NMTCQdisc *qdisc);

@@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the qdisc was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the qdisc was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.12

 

@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_clear_qdiscs (
 

 
nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_tfilters ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_tfilters (NMSettingTCConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1645,7 +1645,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_tfilters (
nm_setting_tc_config_get_tfilter ()

 
NMTCTfilter *
 nm_setting_tc_config_get_tfilter (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
-                                  guint idx);

+                                  guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1679,13 +1679,13 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_get_tfilter (
 

 
nm_setting_tc_config_add_tfilter ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tc_config_add_tfilter (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
                                   NMTCTfilter *tfilter);

 
Appends a new tfilter and associated information to the setting.  The
 given tfilter is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.
 If an identical tfilter (considering attributes as well) already exists, the
-tfilter is not added and the function returns FALSE.

+tfilter is not added and the function returns FALSE.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ tfilter is not added and the function returns 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the tfilter was added; FALSE if the tfilter was already known.

+
 TRUE if the tfilter was added; FALSE if the tfilter was already known.

 
 
Since: 1.12

 
@@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ tfilter is not added and the function returns 
nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter ()

 
void
 nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
-                                     guint idx);

+                                     guint idx);
 
Removes the tfilter at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter (
 

 
nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter_by_value
                                (NMSettingTCConfig *setting,
                                 NMTCTfilter *tfilter);

@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the tfilter was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the tfilter was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.12

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
index d2313a4a..f8123a76 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 

 
Returns

-
the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 
Since: 1.12

@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ nm_team_link_watcher_new_arp_ping (const char *target_host,
                                    const char *source_host,
                                    NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags flags,
-                                   GError **error);
+                                   GError **error);
 
Creates a new arp_ping NMTeamLinkWatcher object

 

 
Parameters

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ address in the arp request

 

 

 
Returns

-
the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.12

@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ nm_team_link_watcher_new_arp_ping2 (const char *target_host,
                                     const char *source_host,
                                     NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags flags,
-                                    GError **error);
+                                    GError **error);
 
Creates a new arp_ping NMTeamLinkWatcher object

 

 
Parameters

@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ address in the arp request

 

 

 
Returns

-
the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.16

@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_team_link_watcher_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_team_link_watcher_equal (const NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher,
                             const NMTeamLinkWatcher *other);

 
Determines if two NMTeamLinkWatcher objects contain the same values
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 
Since: 1.12

 
@@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_balancer_interval
 

 

 
nm_setting_team_get_runner_active ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_get_runner_active (NMSettingTeam *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_runner_active (
 

 
nm_setting_team_get_runner_fast_rate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_get_runner_fast_rate (NMSettingTeam *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_runner_agg_select_policy
 

 

 
nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value
                                (NMSettingTeam *setting,
                                 const char *txhash);

@@ -1585,14 +1585,14 @@ nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the txhash element was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the txhash element was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.12

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash
                                (NMSettingTeam *setting);

 

@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash
 
nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_hash ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_hash (NMSettingTeam *setting,
-                                    guint idx);

+                                    guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_team_link_watcher_equal ()
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_team_get_runner_active ()
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_team_get_runner_fast_rate ()
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value ()
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash ()
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash ()
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers ()
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher ()
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value ()
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ necessary for team connections.

 
NMTeamLinkWatcher *
 nm_team_link_watcher_new_ethtool (int delay_up,
                                   int delay_down,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GError **error);
 
Creates a new ethtool NMTeamLinkWatcher object

 

 
Parameters

@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ nm_team_link_watcher_new_nsna_ping (int interval,
                                     int missed_max,
                                     const char *target_host,
-                                    GError **error);
+                                    GError **error);
 
Creates a new nsna_ping NMTeamLinkWatcher object

 

 
Parameters

@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ target address in the NS packet

 
 
 

@@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_hash (
nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash ()

 
void
 nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash (NMSettingTeam *setting,
-                                       guint idx);

+                                       guint idx);
 
Removes the txhash element at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash (
 
nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash (NMSettingTeam *setting,
                                     const char *txhash);

 
Adds a new txhash element to the setting.

@@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the txhash element was added; FALSE if the element
+
 TRUE if the txhash element was added; FALSE if the element
 was already knnown.

 

 
Since: 1.12

@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ was already knnown.

 

 

 
nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers (NMSettingTeam *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers (
nm_setting_team_get_link_watcher ()

 
NMTeamLinkWatcher *
 nm_setting_team_get_link_watcher (NMSettingTeam *setting,
-                                  guint idx);

+                                  guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_link_watcher (
 

 
nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher (NMSettingTeam *setting,
                                   NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);

 
Appends a new link watcher to the setting.

@@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the link watcher is added; FALSE if an identical link
+
 TRUE if the link watcher is added; FALSE if an identical link
 watcher was already there.

 

 
Since: 1.12

@@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ watcher was already there.

 
nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher ()

 
void
 nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher (NMSettingTeam *setting,
-                                     guint idx);

+                                     guint idx);

 
Removes the link watcher at index idx.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher (
 

 
nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value
                                (NMSettingTeam *setting,
                                 NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);

@@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the link watcher was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.

+
 TRUE if the link watcher was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.

 

 
Since: 1.12

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
index b2dc9bfa..36ab913c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+GBytes *
 
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWifiP2PPeer
 

@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_serial (
 
nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_wfd_ies ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_wfd_ies (NMWifiP2PPeer *peer);

 
Gets the WFD information elements of the P2P peer.

 

@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_wfd_ies (
 
Returns

-
the GBytes containing the WFD IEs, or NULL. 

+
the GBytes containing the WFD IEs, or NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.16

@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_hw_address (
 

 
nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_strength (NMWifiP2PPeer *peer);

 
Gets the current signal strength of the P2P peer as a percentage.

 

@@ -544,9 +544,9 @@ P2P peer was seen.  A value of -1 means the P2P peer has never been seen.

 

 

 
nm_wifi_p2p_peer_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_filter_connections (NMWifiP2PPeer *peer,
-                                     const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                     const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMWifiP2PPeer object and
 returns connections which may be activated with the P2P peer.  Any
 returned connections will match the peers
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ filter. 

 
an array of
 NMConnections that could be activated with the given peer
 . The array should
-be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 
Since: 1.16

@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ be freed with 
 
nm_wifi_p2p_peer_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_connection_valid (NMWifiP2PPeer *peer,
                                    NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi P2P peer to ensure that
@@ -625,8 +625,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi P2P Peer,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi P2P Peer,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 
Since: 1.16

 

@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ P2P peer was found.  A value of -1 means the peer has never been seen.

 

 

 
The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar

+
  “strength”                 guchar

 
The current signal strength of the P2P peer.

 
Owner: NMWifiP2PPeer

 
Flags: Read

@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ P2P peer was found.  A value of -1 means the peer has never been seen.

 

 

 
The “wfd-ies” property

-
  “wfd-ies”                  GBytes *

+
  “wfd-ies”                  GBytes *

 
The WFD information elements of the P2P peer.

 
Owner: NMWifiP2PPeer

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
index c6ffe501..8d24f5e4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 

-
+
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWimaxNsp
 

@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (
 
nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -242,9 +242,9 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (
 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
WiMAX is no longer supported by NetworkManager since 1.2.0.

@@ -281,14 +281,14 @@ filter. 

 
an array of
 NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp
 .  The array should
-be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
                                NMConnection *connection);

 

@@ -325,8 +325,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 

 

@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “signal-quality” property

-
  “signal-quality”           guint

+
  “signal-quality”           guint

 
The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

 

 
NMWimaxNsp:signal-quality has been deprecated since version 1.22 and should not be used in newly-written code.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
index 809b5920..c32e8b73 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
@@ -557,6 +557,10 @@
 
 

 

+NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_48, macro in nm-version
+

+

+

 NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_6, macro in nm-version
 

 

@@ -2300,6 +2304,14 @@ NMConnection::secrets-updated, object signal in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48, macro in nm-version
+

+

+

+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48_FOR, macro in nm-version
+

+

+

 NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_4_FOR, macro in nm-version
 

 

@@ -6144,6 +6156,10 @@ NMSetting8021x:identity, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NMSetting8021x:openssl-ciphers, object property in NMSettingOvs
+

+

+

 NMSetting8021x:optional, object property in NMSettingOvs
 

 

@@ -6556,6 +6572,10 @@ NMSettingConnection:dns-over-tls, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NMSettingConnection:down-on-poweroff, object property in NMSettingOvs
+

+

+

 NMSettingConnection:gateway-ping-timeout, object property in NMSettingOvs
 

 

@@ -6656,6 +6676,10 @@ NMSettingConnection:zone, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NMSettingConnectionDownOnPoweroff, enum in NMSettingConnection
+

+

+

 NMSettingConnectionLldp, enum in NMSettingConnection
 

 

@@ -6940,6 +6964,14 @@ NMSettingIP6Config:ra-timeout, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NMSettingIP6Config:temp-preferred-lifetime, object property in NMSettingOvs
+

+

+

+NMSettingIP6Config:temp-valid-lifetime, object property in NMSettingOvs
+

+

+

 NMSettingIP6Config:token, object property in NMSettingOvs
 

 

@@ -6992,6 +7024,10 @@ NMSettingIPConfig:dhcp-send-hostname, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NMSettingIPConfig:dhcp-send-release, object property in NMSettingOvs
+

+

+

 NMSettingIPConfig:dhcp-timeout, object property in NMSettingOvs
 

 

@@ -7940,6 +7976,10 @@ NMSettingWired:mac-address-blacklist, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NMSettingWired:mac-address-denylist, object property in NMSettingOvs
+

+

+

 NMSettingWired:mtu, object property in NMSettingOvs
 

 

@@ -8052,6 +8092,10 @@ NMSettingWireless:mac-address-blacklist, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NMSettingWireless:mac-address-denylist, object property in NMSettingOvs
+

+

+

 NMSettingWireless:mac-address-randomization, object property in NMSettingOvs
 

 

@@ -8412,6 +8456,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_802_1x_get_openssl_ciphers, function in NMSetting8021x
+

+

+

 nm_setting_802_1x_get_optional, function in NMSetting8021x
 

 

@@ -8608,6 +8656,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPENSSL_CIPHERS, macro in NMSetting8021x
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_802_1X_OPTIONAL, macro in NMSetting8021x
 

 

@@ -9520,6 +9572,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_DOWN_ON_POWEROFF, macro in NMSettingConnection
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_GATEWAY_PING_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingConnection
 

 

@@ -9560,6 +9616,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_connection_get_down_on_poweroff, function in NMSettingConnection
+

+

+

 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout, function in NMSettingConnection
 

 

@@ -10456,6 +10516,14 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_ip6_config_get_temp_preferred_lifetime, function in NMSettingIP6Config
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ip6_config_get_temp_valid_lifetime, function in NMSettingIP6Config
+

+

+

 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_token, function in NMSettingIP6Config
 

 

@@ -10508,6 +10576,14 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME, macro in NMSettingIP6Config
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TEMP_VALID_LIFETIME, macro in NMSettingIP6Config
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_TOKEN, macro in NMSettingIP6Config
 

 

@@ -10608,6 +10684,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_SEND_RELEASE, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -10668,6 +10748,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_release, function in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout, function in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -12944,6 +13028,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wired_add_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option, function in NMSettingWired
 

 

@@ -12956,6 +13044,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_denylist_items, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_WIRED_CLONED_MAC_ADDRESS, macro in NMSettingWired
 

 

@@ -12996,10 +13088,18 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_denylist, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item, function in NMSettingWired
 

 

 

+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu, function in NMSettingWired
 

 

@@ -13008,6 +13108,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_denylist_items, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options, function in NMSettingWired
 

 

@@ -13056,6 +13160,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_WIRED_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST, macro in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_WIRED_MTU, macro in NMSettingWired
 

 

@@ -13076,6 +13184,14 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option, function in NMSettingWired
 

 

@@ -13216,6 +13332,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWireless
+

+

+

 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid, function in NMSettingWireless
 

 

@@ -13244,6 +13364,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_denylist_items, function in NMSettingWireless
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_CLONED_MAC_ADDRESS, macro in NMSettingWireless
 

 

@@ -13288,6 +13412,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_denylist, function in NMSettingWireless
+

+

+

 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_randomization, function in NMSettingWireless
 

 

@@ -13296,6 +13424,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWireless
+

+

+

 nm_setting_wireless_get_mode, function in NMSettingWireless
 

 

@@ -13308,6 +13440,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_denylist_items, function in NMSettingWireless
+

+

+

 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids, function in NMSettingWireless
 

 

@@ -13348,6 +13484,10 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST, macro in NMSettingWireless
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MAC_ADDRESS_RANDOMIZATION, macro in NMSettingWireless
 

 

@@ -13396,6 +13536,14 @@ NMSettingWpan:short-address, object property in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item, function in NMSettingWireless
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value, function in NMSettingWireless
+

+

+

 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group, function in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

 

@@ -14483,6 +14631,10 @@ NMUtilsPredicateStr, user_function in NMSettingOvs
 
 

 

+NM_VERSION_1_48, macro in nm-version-macros
+

+

+

 NM_VERSION_1_6, macro in nm-version-macros
 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/index.html b/docs/libnm/html/index.html
index 395c777c..a40c5a0a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/index.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_team_port_get_sticky ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher ()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value ()
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_prio (
 

 
nm_setting_team_port_get_sticky ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_port_get_sticky (NMSettingTeamPort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_lacp_key (
 

 
nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers
                                (NMSettingTeamPort *setting);

 

@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers
 
nm_setting_team_port_get_link_watcher ()

 
NMTeamLinkWatcher *
 nm_setting_team_port_get_link_watcher (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
-                                       guint idx);

+                                       guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_link_watcher (
 
nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
                                        NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);

 
Appends a new link watcher to the setting.

@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the link watcher is added; FALSE if an identical link
+
 TRUE if the link watcher is added; FALSE if an identical link
 watcher was already there.

 
 
Since: 1.12

@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ watcher was already there.

 
void
 nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher
                                (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);

 
Removes the link watcher at index idx.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher
 

 

 
nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value
                                (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
                                 NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the link watcher was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.

+
 TRUE if the link watcher was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.

 

 
Since: 1.12

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
index 3b6fb181..47122e38 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
-
+
@@ -174,42 +174,42 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_group (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_pi (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingUser.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingUser.html
index 9908e7b6..f0b0823b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingUser.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingUser.html
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_user_set_data ()
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_user_check_key ()
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_user_check_val ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ nm_setting_user_new (void<
 
nm_setting_user_get_keys ()

 
const char *const *
 nm_setting_user_get_keys (NMSettingUser *setting,
-                          guint *out_len);

+                          guint *out_len);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ nm_setting_user_get_keys (
 
Returns

 
a
-NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table. 

+NULL-terminated array containing each key from the table. 

 
[array length=out_len][transfer none]

 
 
Since: 1.8

@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ nm_setting_user_get_data (
 
Returns

 
the value associated with key
-or NULL if no such
+or NULL if no such
 value exists. 

 
[transfer none]

 
@@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ value exists. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_user_set_data ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_user_set_data (NMSettingUser *setting,
                           const char *key,
                           const char *val,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ nm_setting_user_set_data (
val

-
+
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ nm_setting_user_set_data (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation was successful. The operation
+
 TRUE if the operation was successful. The operation
 can fail if key
 or val
 are not valid strings according
@@ -251,12 +251,12 @@ to 
 
nm_setting_user_check_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_user_check_key (const char *key,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GError **error);

 
Checks whether key
  is a valid user data key. This means,
-key is not NULL, not too large and valid ASCII. Also,
+key is not NULL, not too large and valid ASCII. Also,
 only digits and numbers are allowed with a few special
 characters. The key must contain at least one '.' and
 look like a fully qualified DNS name.

@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ look like a fully qualified DNS name.

 
-
+
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ look like a fully qualified DNS name.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if key
+
 TRUE if key
 is a valid user data key.

 

 
Since: 1.8

@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ is a valid user data key.

 

 

 
nm_setting_user_check_val ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_user_check_val (const char *val,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GError **error);

 
Checks whether val
  is a valid user data value. This means,
-value is not NULL, not too large and valid UTF-8.

+value is not NULL, not too large and valid UTF-8.

 

 
Parameters

 
the value to set or NULL to clear a key. 
the value to set or NULL to clear a key. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 

 
error
a GError, NULL to ignore.
a GError, NULL to ignore.

  
 

 

@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ value is not 
error

-
+
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ value is not 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if val
+
 TRUE if val
 is a valid user data value.

 
 
Since: 1.8

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
index b482ffa1..92c79a40 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE.

+
 TRUE.

 

@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ to

 
void
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                  NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                 guint32 idx);

+                                 guint32 idx);
 
Removes the priority map at index idx
  from the
 “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map”
@@ -518,12 +518,12 @@ properties.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);

+                                guint32 from,
+                                guint32 to);

 
Removes the priority map form
 :to
  from the “ingress_priority_map”
@@ -566,13 +566,13 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (
 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);

@@ -684,8 +684,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
-overwrote the old value, FALSE if str
+
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
+overwrote the old value, FALSE if str
 is not a valid mapping.

 

 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
index 550128ce..336c96b2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -398,7 +456,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -474,7 +532,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -524,7 +582,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_rate has been deprecated since version 1.44 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -553,7 +611,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.44 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -663,6 +721,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_generate_mac_address_mask
 
const char *const *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_denylist() instead.

+

 

 
Parameters

 
a GError, NULL to ignore.
a GError, NULL to ignore.

  
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_protocol (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -362,12 +362,12 @@ properties of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);

+                              guint32 idx,
+                              guint32 *out_from,
+                              guint32 *out_to);

 
Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map”
 or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

 

@@ -409,18 +409,18 @@ or “egress_priority_map” properties of this settin
 

 

 
Returns

-
 returns TRUE if idx
-is in range. Otherwise, FALSE.

+
 returns TRUE if idx
+is in range. Otherwise, FALSE.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);

+                              guint32 from,
+                              guint32 to);

 
Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or
 “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from
  is
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ to

 
 
 
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ properties.

 
void
 (*NMVpnIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (
 
nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (
 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

 

@@ -395,9 +395,9 @@ nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item (nm_setting_vpn_add_secret() is for.

 
Before 1.24, item
- must not be NULL and not an empty string. Since 1.24,
+ must not be NULL and not an empty string. Since 1.24,
 item
- can be set to an empty string. It can also be set to NULL to unset
+ can be set to an empty string. It can also be set to NULL to unset
 the key. In that case, the behavior is as if calling nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                  const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -496,8 +496,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                   NMVpnIterFunc func,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Iterates all data items stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify data items inside func
 , though any additions or removals made
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_data_keys ()

 
const char **
 nm_setting_vpn_get_data_keys (NMSettingVpn *setting,
-                              guint *out_length);

+                              guint *out_length);
 
Retrieves every data key inside setting
 , as an array.

 

@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_data_keys (
 
Returns

 
a
-NULL-terminated array containing each data key or NULL if
+NULL-terminated array containing each data key or NULL if
 there are no data items. 

 
[array length=out_length][transfer container][nullable]

 

@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ there are no data items. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

 

@@ -617,9 +617,9 @@ nm_setting_vpn_add_secret (secret
- must not be NULL and not an empty string. Since 1.24,
+ must not be NULL and not an empty string. Since 1.24,
 secret
- can be set to an empty string. It can also be set to NULL to unset
+ can be set to an empty string. It can also be set to NULL to unset
 the key. In that case, the behavior is as if calling nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                               const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -718,8 +718,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                NMVpnIterFunc func,
-                               gpointer user_data);

+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates all secrets stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify secrets inside func
 , though any additions or removals made during
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_secret_keys ()

 
const char **
 nm_setting_vpn_get_secret_keys (NMSettingVpn *setting,
-                                guint *out_length);

+                                guint *out_length);
 
Retrieves every secret key inside setting
 , as an array.

 

@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_secret_keys (
 
Returns

 
a
-NULL-terminated array containing each secret key or NULL if
+NULL-terminated array containing each secret key or NULL if
 there are no secrets. 

 
[array length=out_length][transfer container][nullable]

 

@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ there are no secrets. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVrf.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVrf.html
index 2a129b78..746f04ef 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVrf.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVrf.html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

@@ -973,14 +1282,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);

@@ -1017,13 +1326,13 @@ an invalid key gets silently added but renders the profile as invalid.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 since 1.32 this always returns TRUE.

+
 since 1.32 this always returns TRUE.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

 
Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key
@@ -1053,8 +1362,8 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -1065,7 +1374,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);
 
Returns a list of valid s390 options.

 
The setting
- argument is unused and NULL may be passed instead.

+ argument is unused and NULL may be passed instead.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vrf_get_table ()
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ nm_setting_vrf_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_vrf_get_table ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vrf_get_table (NMSettingVrf *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
index 0b3fe3fe..56609676 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_remote (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (
 

 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWifiP2P.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWifiP2P.html
index 8cd438e5..c9ac2a9e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWifiP2P.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWifiP2P.html
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_wifi_p2p_get_wfd_ies ()
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_setting_wifi_p2p_get_wps_method (
 

 
nm_setting_wifi_p2p_get_wfd_ies ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_wifi_p2p_get_wfd_ies (NMSettingWifiP2P *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireGuard.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireGuard.html
index 96a70e66..c1cd54d1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireGuard.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireGuard.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wireguard_peer_is_sealed ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wireguard_peer_set_public_key ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wireguard_peer_set_preshared_key ()
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_wireguard_peer_get_persistent_keepalive ()
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wireguard_peer_set_endpoint ()
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ips_len ()
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wireguard_peer_append_allowed_ip ()
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wireguard_peer_remove_allowed_ip ()
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wireguard_peer_is_valid ()
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_listen_port ()
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_fwmark ()
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_peers_len ()
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireguard_remove_peer ()
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_wireguard_clear_peers ()
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer_routes ()
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_mtu ()
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_new (void
nm_wireguard_peer_new_clone ()

 
NMWireGuardPeer *
 nm_wireguard_peer_new_clone (const NMWireGuardPeer *self,
-                             gboolean with_secrets);

+                             gboolean with_secrets);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_new_clone (const 
 
-
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ an unsealed copy with 
 
nm_wireguard_peer_is_sealed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_is_sealed (const NMWireGuardPeer *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_public_key (const 
 
Returns

-
the public key or NULL if unset. 

+
the public key or NULL if unset. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.16

@@ -633,10 +633,10 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_public_key (const 
 
nm_wireguard_peer_set_public_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_set_public_key (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
                                   const char *public_key,
-                                  gboolean accept_invalid);

+                                  gboolean accept_invalid);

 
Reset the public key. Note that if the public key is valid, it
 will be normalized (which may or may not modify the set value).

 
It is a bug trying to modify a sealed NMWireGuardPeer instance.

@@ -657,13 +657,13 @@ will be normalized (which may or may not modify the set value).

 

+key or NULL to clear the public key. 

 
-
@@ -672,8 +672,8 @@ invalid, then do not modify the instance.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the key was valid or NULL. Returns
-FALSE for invalid keys. Depending on accept_invalid
+
 TRUE if the key was valid or NULL. Returns
+FALSE for invalid keys. Depending on accept_invalid
 will an invalid key be set or not.

 

 
Since: 1.16

@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_preshared_key (const 
 

 
Returns

-
the preshared key or NULL if unset. 

+
the preshared key or NULL if unset. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.16

@@ -708,10 +708,10 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_preshared_key (const 
 

 
nm_wireguard_peer_set_preshared_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_set_preshared_key (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
                                      const char *preshared_key,
-                                     gboolean accept_invalid);

+                                     gboolean accept_invalid);

 
Reset the preshared key. Note that if the preshared key is valid, it
 will be normalized (which may or may not modify the set value).

 
Note that the preshared-key is a secret and consequently has corresponding
@@ -737,15 +737,15 @@ be accepted.

 

+key or NULL to clear the preshared key. 

 
+and if FALSE is returned.

 
@@ -753,8 +753,8 @@ and if 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the preshared-key is valid, otherwise FALSE.
-NULL is considered a valid value.
+
 TRUE if the preshared-key is valid, otherwise FALSE.
+NULL is considered a valid value.
 If the key is invalid, it depends on accept_invalid
 whether the
 previous value was reset.

@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_set_preshared_key_flags
 

 

 
nm_wireguard_peer_get_persistent_keepalive ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_wireguard_peer_get_persistent_keepalive
                                (const NMWireGuardPeer *self);

 

@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ keep-alive.

 
void
 nm_wireguard_peer_set_persistent_keepalive
                                (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
-                                guint16 persistent_keepalive);

+                                guint16 persistent_keepalive);

 
It is a bug trying to modify a sealed NMWireGuardPeer instance.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_endpoint (const 
 
Returns

-
the endpoint or NULL if none was set. 

+
the endpoint or NULL if none was set. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.16

@@ -910,10 +910,10 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_endpoint (const 
 
nm_wireguard_peer_set_endpoint ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_set_endpoint (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
                                 const char *endpoint,
-                                gboolean allow_invalid);

+                                gboolean allow_invalid);

 
Sets or clears the endpoint of self
 .

 
It is a bug trying to modify a sealed NMWireGuardPeer instance.

@@ -933,13 +933,13 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_set_endpoint (
 

-
+
-
@@ -948,9 +948,9 @@ arguments.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the endpoint is NULL or valid. For an
+
 TRUE if the endpoint is NULL or valid. For an
 invalid endpoint
-argument, FALSE is returned. Depending
+argument, FALSE is returned. Depending
 on allow_invalid
 , the instance will be modified.

 

@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ on allow_invalid
 

 

 
nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ips_len ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ips_len (const NMWireGuardPeer *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -987,8 +987,8 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ips_len (const 
nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ip ()

 
const char *
 nm_wireguard_peer_get_allowed_ip (const NMWireGuardPeer *self,
-                                  guint idx,
-                                  gboolean *out_is_valid);

+                                  guint idx,
+                                  gboolean *out_is_valid);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
with_secrets
if TRUE, the preshared-key secrets are copied
+
if TRUE, the preshared-key secrets are copied
 as well. Otherwise, they will be removed.

  
 

 
public_key

 
the new public
-key or NULL to clear the public key. 
[nullable][transfer none]
 

 

 
accept_invalid
if TRUE and public_key
-is not NULL and
+
if TRUE and public_key
+is not NULL and
 invalid, then do not modify the instance.

  
 

 
preshared_key

 
the new preshared
-key or NULL to clear the preshared key. 
[nullable][transfer none]
 

 

 
accept_invalid

 
whether to allow setting the key to an invalid
-value. If FALSE, self
+value. If FALSE, self
 is unchanged if the key is invalid
-and if FALSE is returned.
 
 

 

 
endpoint
the socket address endpoint to set or NULL.
the socket address endpoint to set or NULL.

  
 

 

 
allow_invalid
if TRUE, also invalid values are set.
-If FALSE, the function does nothing for invalid endpoint
+
if TRUE, also invalid values are set.
+If FALSE, the function does nothing for invalid endpoint
 arguments.

  
 

@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ retrieve.

 
 
-
the allowed-ip setting at index idx
 .
 If idx
-is out of range, NULL will be returned. 

+is out of range, NULL will be returned. 

 
[transfer none][nullable]

 
 
Since: 1.16

@@ -1058,10 +1058,10 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_clear_allowed_ips (
 

 
nm_wireguard_peer_append_allowed_ip ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_append_allowed_ip (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
                                      const char *allowed_ip,
-                                     gboolean accept_invalid);

+                                     gboolean accept_invalid);

 
Appends allowed_ip
  setting to the list. This does not check
 for duplicates and always appends allowed_ip
@@ -1093,10 +1093,10 @@ appended, but later verification will fail.

 

-
+in face of invalid values and returns FALSE.

 
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ in face of invalid values and returns 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the value is a valid allowed-ips value, FALSE otherwise.
+
 TRUE if the value is a valid allowed-ips value, FALSE otherwise.
 Depending on accept_invalid
 , also invalid values are added.

 
@@ -1113,9 +1113,9 @@ Depending on accept_invalid
 

 

 
nm_wireguard_peer_remove_allowed_ip ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_remove_allowed_ip (NMWireGuardPeer *self,
-                                     guint idx);

+                                     guint idx);

 
Removes the allowed-ip at the given idx
 . This shifts all
 following entries one index down.

@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ following entries one index down.

 

@@ -1146,20 +1146,20 @@ and nothing is done.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if idx
+
 TRUE if idx
 was valid and the allowed-ip was removed.
-FALSE otherwise, and the peer will not be changed.

+FALSE otherwise, and the peer will not be changed.

 

 
Since: 1.16

 
 

 

 
nm_wireguard_peer_is_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wireguard_peer_is_valid (const NMWireGuardPeer *self,
-                            gboolean check_non_secrets,
-                            gboolean check_secrets,
-                            GError **error);

+                            gboolean check_non_secrets,
+                            gboolean check_secrets,
+                            GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
out_is_valid
TRUE if the returned value is a valid allowed-ip
+
TRUE if the returned value is a valid allowed-ip
 setting.
 This parameter is wrongly not marked as (out) argument, it is
 thus not accessible via introspection. This cannot be fixed without
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ breaking API for introspection users. 

 

 

 
accept_invalid
if TRUE, also invalid allowed_ip
+
if TRUE, also invalid allowed_ip
 value
 will be appended. Otherwise, the function does nothing
-in face of invalid values and returns FALSE.
 
 

 

 
idx

 
the index from zero to (allowed-ips-len - 1) to
-retrieve. If the index is out of range, FALSE is returned
+retrieve. If the index is out of range, FALSE is returned
 and nothing is done.

  
 

@@ -1176,19 +1176,19 @@ nm_wireguard_peer_is_valid (const 
 
-
-
-
+
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ Otherwise, they are ignored for this purpose.

 
 

 
Returns

-
  TRUE if the peer is valid or fails with an error
+
  TRUE if the peer is valid or fails with an error
 reason.

 

 
Since: 1.16

@@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_private_key (
 
Returns

-
the set private-key or NULL. 

+
the set private-key or NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
Since: 1.16

@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_private_key_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireguard_get_listen_port ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_listen_port (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_listen_port (
 
nm_setting_wireguard_get_fwmark ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_fwmark (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_fwmark (
 

 
nm_setting_wireguard_get_peers_len ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_peers_len (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_peers_len (
nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer ()

 
NMWireGuardPeer *
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer (NMSettingWireGuard *self,
-                               guint idx);

+                               guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
check_secrets
if TRUE, non-secret properties are validated.
+
if TRUE, non-secret properties are validated.
 Otherwise, they are ignored for this purpose.

  
 

 

 
check_non_secrets
if TRUE, secret properties are validated.
+
if TRUE, secret properties are validated.
 Otherwise, they are ignored for this purpose.

  
 

 

 
error
the GError location for returning the failure reason.
the GError location for returning the failure reason.

  
 

 

@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer (
Returns

 
the NMWireGuardPeer entry at
 index idx
-. If the index is out of range, NULL is returned. 

+. If the index is out of range, NULL is returned. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
Since: 1.16

@@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ index idx
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer_by_public_key
                                (NMSettingWireGuard *self,
                                 const char *public_key,
-                                guint *out_idx);
+                                guint *out_idx);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ this is set to the 
 
Returns

 
the NMWireGuardPeer instance with a
-matching public key. If no such peer exists, NULL is returned. 

+matching public key. If no such peer exists, NULL is returned. 

 
[transfer none][nullable]

 
 
Since: 1.16

@@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@ matching public key. If no such peer exists, void
 nm_setting_wireguard_set_peer (NMSettingWireGuard *self,
                                NMWireGuardPeer *peer,
-                               guint idx);
+                               guint idx);
 
If idx
  is one past the last peer, the behavior is the same
 as nm_setting_wireguard_append_peer().
@@ -1572,9 +1572,9 @@ instance.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireguard_remove_peer ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireguard_remove_peer (NMSettingWireGuard *self,
-                                  guint idx);

+                                  guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_remove_peer (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if idx
+
 TRUE if idx
 was in range and a peer
 was removed. Otherwise, self
 is unchanged.

@@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ is unchanged.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireguard_clear_peers ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_wireguard_clear_peers (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_clear_peers (
 

 
nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer_routes (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ nm_setting_wireguard_get_peer_routes (
 
nm_setting_wireguard_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireguard_get_mtu (NMSettingWireGuard *self);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
index 18510898..4efcb874 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -378,7 +436,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -428,7 +486,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -561,6 +619,10 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_generate_mac_address_mask
 
const char *const *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

+

+
nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_denylist() instead.

+

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -162,8 +162,62 @@
 
 

 
const char *const *
+
+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_denylist ()
+

+guint32
+
+nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_denylist_items ()
+
const char *
+
+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_denylist_item ()
+

+gboolean
+
+nm_setting_wired_add_mac_denylist_item ()
+

+void
+
+nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item ()
+

+gboolean
+
+nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value ()
+

+void
+
+nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_denylist_items ()
+

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()
@@ -185,7 +239,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()
@@ -193,7 +247,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()
@@ -208,7 +262,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()
@@ -216,7 +270,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()
@@ -297,6 +351,10 @@
 

 

 #defineNM_SETTING_WIRED_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST
#define
 NM_SETTING_WIRED_MTU
 

 

@@ -584,9 +646,13 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

+

+
nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_denylist_items() instead.

+

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -613,8 +679,12 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

-
Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

+                                guint32 idx);
+

+
nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wired_get_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+

+
Since 1.48, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -647,10 +717,14 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

+

+
nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wired_add_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+

 
Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -676,7 +750,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 

@@ -686,7 +760,11 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
+

+
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+

 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -715,10 +793,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

+

+
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value() instead.

+

 
Removes the MAC address mac
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -746,7 +828,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -755,6 +837,10 @@ the blacklist

 
void
 nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

+

+
nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_denylist_items() instead.

+

 
Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -774,8 +860,231 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 

+
nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_denylist ()

+
const char *const *
+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_denylist
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWired
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “mac-address-denylist” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.48

+
+

+

+
nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_denylist_items ()

+
guint32
+nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_denylist_items
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWired
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the number of denylisted MAC addresses

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_wired_get_mac_denylist_item ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting,
+                                guint32 idx);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWired
 
idx
the zero-based index of the MAC address entry
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the denylisted MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation)
+at index idx
+

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_wired_add_mac_denylist_item ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_wired_add_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting,
+                                const char *mac);

+
Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-denylist” property.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWired
 
mac
the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to denylist
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+is invalid or was already present

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item ()

+
void
+nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting,
+                                guint32 idx);

+
Removes the MAC address at index idx
+ from the denylist.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWired
 
idx
index number of the MAC address
 

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting,
+                                const char *mac);

+
Removes the MAC address mac
+ from the denylist.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWired
 
mac
the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to remove from
+the denylist
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_denylist_items ()

+
void
+nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_denylist_items
+                               (NMSettingWired *setting);

+
Removes all denylisted MAC addresses.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWired
 

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -857,7 +1166,7 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this
 device when it is activated.  This can be used to retrieve each s390
@@ -885,9 +1194,9 @@ option individually using 
 
nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index.  indexes
@@ -934,8 +1243,8 @@ and should not be modified. 

 
 
 

@@ -1077,14 +1386,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options
 
+and you may pass NULL. 

 

 
setting

 
the NMSettingWired. This argument is unused
-and you may pass NULL. 
[nullable]
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1140,7 +1449,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

+
 the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
@@ -1303,6 +1612,12 @@ incompatible with other flags

 
 

 

+
NM_SETTING_WIRED_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST

+
#define NM_SETTING_WIRED_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST      "mac-address-denylist"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_WIRED_MTU

 
#define NM_SETTING_WIRED_MTU                       "mtu"
 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
index b3693736..06eb71b9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -177,8 +177,62 @@
 
 

 
const char *const *
+
+nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_denylist ()
+

+guint32
+
+nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_denylist_items ()
+
const char *
+
+nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_denylist_item ()
+

+gboolean
+
+nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_denylist_item ()
+

+void
+
+nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item ()
+

+gboolean
+
+nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value ()
+

 
-guint32
+void
+
+nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_denylist_items ()
+

+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()
@@ -186,7 +240,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()
@@ -194,7 +248,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()
@@ -210,7 +264,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()
@@ -218,7 +272,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()
@@ -233,7 +287,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()
@@ -320,6 +374,10 @@
 

 

 #defineNM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST
#define
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MTU
 

 

@@ -686,9 +748,13 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_denylist_items() instead.

+

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -706,7 +772,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the number of blacklisted MAC addresses

+
 the number of blacklist MAC addresses

 

 
 

@@ -715,7 +781,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
+

+
nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+

 
Since 1.46, access at index "len" is allowed and returns NULL.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -741,7 +811,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the blacklisted MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation)
+
 the denylisted MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation)
 at index idx
 

 

@@ -749,11 +819,15 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

-
Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+

+
Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-denylist” property.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -770,7 +844,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
 
 
-
+
@@ -778,7 +852,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
@@ -788,9 +862,13 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
+

+
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item() instead.

+

 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
- from the blacklist.

+ from the denylist.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
mac
the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to blacklist
the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to denylist

  
 

 

@@ -817,12 +895,16 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value() instead.

+

 
Removes the MAC address mac
- from the blacklist.

+ from the denylist.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -840,7 +922,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
 
+the denylist

 
@@ -848,7 +930,7 @@ the blacklist

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -857,7 +939,11 @@ the blacklist

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

-
Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items has been deprecated since version 1.48. and should not be used in newly-written code.

+
Use nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_denylist_items() instead.

+

+
Removes all denylisted MAC addresses.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
mac

 
the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to remove from
-the blacklist
 
 

 

@@ -876,8 +962,231 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 
 

 

+
nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_denylist ()

+
const char *const *
+nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_denylist
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWireless
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “mac-address-denylist” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.48

+
+

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_denylist_items ()

+
guint32
+nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_denylist_items
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWireless
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the number of denylisted MAC addresses

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_denylist_item ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting,
+                                guint32 idx);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWireless
 
idx
the zero-based index of the MAC address entry
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the denylisted MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation)
+at index idx
+

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_denylist_item ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting,
+                                const char *mac);

+
Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-denylist” property.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWireless
 
mac
the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to denylist
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+is invalid or was already present

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item ()

+
void
+nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting,
+                                guint32 idx);

+
Removes the MAC address at index idx
+ from the denylist.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWireless
 
idx
index number of the MAC address
 

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_denylist_item_by_value
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting,
+                                const char *mac);

+
Removes the MAC address mac
+ from the denylist.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWireless
 
mac
the MAC address string (hex-digits-and-colons notation) to remove from
+the denylist
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_denylist_items ()

+
void
+nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_denylist_items
+                               (NMSettingWireless *setting);

+
Removes all denylisted MAC addresses.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWireless
 

+

+
Since: 1.48

+

+

+

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -902,7 +1211,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -927,7 +1236,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -981,7 +1290,7 @@ setting

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

 
Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting.
@@ -1012,14 +1321,14 @@ not be preserved.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if bssid
-was already known, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if bssid
+was already known, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -1047,7 +1356,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1079,7 +1388,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1109,7 +1418,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1139,8 +1448,8 @@ capabilities

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
-security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
+security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

 

 
 

@@ -1385,6 +1694,12 @@ incompatible with other flags

 
 

 

+
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST

+
#define NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MAC_ADDRESS_DENYLIST      "mac-address-denylist"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MTU

 
#define NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MTU                       "mtu"
 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
index bdc00c7e..4be832ed 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

+GKeyFile *
 
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 
-
+

 
s_wireless_sec
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -581,8 +581,8 @@ with the access point.

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed
-protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+
 TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed
+protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

 

@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ protocol list, or void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+                                guint32 i);
Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

 
Parameters

@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the encryption algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the encryption algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);
Sets a WEP key in the given index.

@@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWpan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWpan.html
index d38d5c2d..88ab2bc7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWpan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWpan.html
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 
 

-
+
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

 
Returns

 
the new NMSimpleConnection object, populated with
-settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the
+settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the
 connection failed to normalize. 

 
[transfer full]

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
index 4d6b8d19..0566bfb8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
-
+

 
 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_wpan_get_pan_id ()
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_wpan_get_short_address ()
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint16
+gint16
 
 
 nm_setting_wpan_get_page ()
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint16
+gint16
 
 
 nm_setting_wpan_get_channel ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ nm_setting_wpan_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_wpan_get_pan_id ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_wpan_get_pan_id (NMSettingWpan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ nm_setting_wpan_get_pan_id (
 
nm_setting_wpan_get_short_address ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_wpan_get_short_address (NMSettingWpan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ nm_setting_wpan_get_short_address (
 

 
nm_setting_wpan_get_page ()

-
gint16
+
gint16
 nm_setting_wpan_get_page (NMSettingWpan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_setting_wpan_get_page (
 
nm_setting_wpan_get_channel ()

-
gint16
+
gint16
 nm_setting_wpan_get_channel (NMSettingWpan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
index d2eb741a..6e73befe 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ nm_simple_connection_new (void
 
nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus ()

 
NMConnection *
-nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
-                                    GError **error);

+nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMSimpleConnection from a hash table describing the
 connection and normalize the connection.  See nm_connection_to_dbus() for a
 description of the expected hash table.

@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

 

 

 
dict
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

  
 

 

 

 void
 vpn-state-changedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 

@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -232,10 +232,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
The “vpn-state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnConnection *nmvpnconnection,
-               guint            arg1,
-               guint            arg2,
-               gpointer         user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint            arg1,
+               guint            arg2,
+               gpointer         user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditor.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditor.html
index ce6d9daf..058a4c38 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditor.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditor.html
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 

 

 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_get_widget ()
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_update_connection ()
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_get_widget ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_vpn_editor_get_widget (NMVpnEditor *editor);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ nm_vpn_editor_get_widget (
 
nm_vpn_editor_update_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_editor_update_connection (NMVpnEditor *editor,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_update_connection (
 
update_connection ()

 
called to save the user-entered options to the connection
-object.  Should return FALSE and set error
+object.  Should return FALSE and set error
 if the current options are
 invalid.  error
 should contain enough information for the plugin to
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
index 8f2943ae..3f05cc5b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 

 

 
-gsize
+gsize
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt ()
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 

 

 
-GKeyFile *keyfile
 Write / Construct Only
 

 void
 changedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 

@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
     GInterface
     ├── NMVpnEditor
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMVpnPluginInfo
 

 

@@ -264,13 +264,13 @@
 
Prerequisites

 

 NMVpnEditor requires
- GObject.

+ GObject.

 

 

 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMVpnPluginInfo implements
- GInitable.

+ GInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -280,13 +280,13 @@ NMVpnPluginInfo implements
 

 
NMVpnEditorPluginFactory ()

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

+(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory ()

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

+nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (NMVpnEditor *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);
+                                 GError **error);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (
 
-
+
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (
 

 
Returns

-
a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error. 

+
a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -337,10 +337,10 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_capabilities (
 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              NMVpnEditorPluginVT *vt,
-                             gsize vt_size);

+                             gsize vt_size);

 
Returns an opaque VT function table for the plugin to extend
 functionality. The actual meaning of NMVpnEditorPluginVT is not
 defined in public API of libnm, instead it must be agreed by
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ size of plugin's VT.

 
NMConnection *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);
 

 
Parameters

 

 
error
on return, an error or NULL
on return, an error or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (
error

-
+
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (
 
Returns

 
a new NMConnection imported from path
-, or NULL
+, or NULL
 on error or if the file at path
 was not recognized by this plugin. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -427,11 +427,11 @@ was not recognized by this plugin. 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
                              NMConnection *connection,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -449,8 +449,8 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load_from_file (const const char *check_service,
                                      int check_owner,
                                      NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate check_file,
-                                     gpointer user_data,
-                                     GError **error);
+                                     gpointer user_data,
+                                     GError **error);
 
Load the shared library plugin_name
  and create a new
 NMVpnEditorPlugin instance via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ loading the shared library. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

+
a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ loading the shared library. 

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load (const char *plugin_name,
                            const char *check_service,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GError **error);
 
Load the shared library plugin_name
  and create a new
 NMVpnEditorPlugin instance via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ the given service.

 
 

 
Returns

-
a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

+
a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.4

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

 
 
-
+
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

 
+if non-NULL.

 
@@ -745,27 +745,27 @@ if non-
import_from_file ()

 
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by 
The “filename” property

 
  “filename”                 char *

 
The filename from which the info was loaded.
-Can be NULL if the instance was not loaded from
+Can be NULL if the instance was not loaded from
 a file (i.e. the keyfile instance was passed to the
 constructor).

 
Owner: NMVpnPluginInfo

@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ constructor).

 

 

 
The “keyfile” property

-
  “keyfile”                  GKeyFile *

+
  “keyfile”                  GKeyFile *

 
Initialize the instance with a different keyfile instance.
 When passing a keyfile instance, the constructor will not
 try to read from filename.

@@ -869,8 +869,8 @@ try to read from filename.

 
The “changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnEditor *nmvpneditor,
-               gpointer     user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               gpointer     user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginInfo.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginInfo.html
index a4f71a9c..4677e137 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginInfo.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginInfo.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 
 

 
Returns

 
a newly created instance of plugin info
-or NULL if no matching value was found. 

+or NULL if no matching value was found. 

 
[transfer full][nullable]

 
Since: 1.4

@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_name (
 
Returns

-
the name. Cannot be NULL. 

+
the name. Cannot be NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
Since: 1.2

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_filename (
 

 
Returns

-
the filename. Can be NULL. 

+
the filename. Can be NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_service (
 

 
Returns

-
the service. Cannot be NULL. 

+
the service. Cannot be NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.4

@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_plugin (
 

 
Returns

-
the plugin. Can be NULL. 

+
the plugin. Can be NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_program (
 

 
Returns

-
the program. Can be NULL. 

+
the program. Can be NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -559,14 +559,14 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_auth_dialog (
 

 
Returns

-
 the absolute path to the auth-dialog helper or NULL.

+
 the absolute path to the auth-dialog helper or NULL.

 

 
Since: 1.4

 
 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_hints ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_hints (NMVpnPluginInfo *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -585,14 +585,14 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_hints (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the supports hints for secret requests, otherwise FALSE

+
 TRUE if the supports hints for secret requests, otherwise FALSE

 

 
Since: 1.4

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_multiple ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_multiple (NMVpnPluginInfo *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_multiple (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the service supports multiple instances with different bus names, otherwise FALSE

+
 TRUE if the service supports multiple instances with different bus names, otherwise FALSE

 

 
Since: 1.42

 

@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_lookup_property (
 

 
Returns

-
NMVpnPluginInfo is internally a GKeyFile. Returns the matching
+
NMVpnPluginInfo is internally a GKeyFile. Returns the matching
 property. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ property. 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_validate_filename ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_validate_filename (const char *filename);

 
Regular name files have a certain pattern. That basically means
 they have the file extension "name". Check if filename
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ is valid according to that pattern.

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_load ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_load (void);

 

 
Returns

@@ -726,10 +726,10 @@ loaded from the default directories rejecting duplicates. 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_add ()

-
gboolean
-nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_add (GSList **list,
+
gboolean
+nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_add (GSList **list,
                              NMVpnPluginInfo *plugin_info,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 
on return, an error or NULL
on return, an error or NULL

  
 

 

 
plugin_info
a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL. 
a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
get_editor ()

 
returns an NMVpnEditor, pre-filled with values from connection
-if non-NULL.
 
 

 
Try to import a connection from the specified path.  On
-success, return a partial NMConnection object.  On error, return NULL and
+success, return a partial NMConnection object.  On error, return NULL and
 set error
 with additional information.  Note that error
-can be NULL, in
+can be NULL, in
 which case no additional error information should be provided.

  
 

 

 
export_to_file ()

 
Export the given connection to the specified path.  Return
-TRUE on success.  On error, return FALSE and set error
+TRUE on success.  On error, return FALSE and set error
 with additional
 error information.  Note that error
-can be NULL, in which case no
+can be NULL, in which case no
 additional error information should be provided.

  
 

 

 
get_suggested_filename ()

 
For a given connection, return a suggested file
-name.  Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by
+name.  Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by
 the caller.

  
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_hints ()
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_supports_multiple ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_validate_filename ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 

 

 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_load ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_add ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_remove ()
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_new_from_file ()

 
NMVpnPluginInfo *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_new_from_file (const char *filename,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GError **error);
 
Read the plugin info from file filename
 . Does not do
 any further verification on the file. You might want to check
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ file permissions and ownership of the file.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 NULL if there is any error or a newly created
+
 NULL if there is any error or a newly created
 NMVpnPluginInfo instance.

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ file permissions and ownership of the file.

 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_new_with_data ()

 
NMVpnPluginInfo *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_new_with_data (const char *filename,
-                                  GKeyFile *keyfile,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GKeyFile *keyfile,
+                                  GError **error);
 
This constructor does not read any data from file but
 takes instead a keyfile
  argument.

@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ must be present. 

 
 

@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_add (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the plugin was added to list
+
 TRUE if the plugin was added to list
 . This will fail
 to add duplicate plugins.

 
@@ -768,8 +768,8 @@ to add duplicate plugins.

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_remove ()

-
gboolean
-nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_remove (GSList **list,
+
gboolean
+nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_remove (GSList **list,
                                 NMVpnPluginInfo *plugin_info);

 
Remove plugin_info
  from list
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_remove (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if plugin_info
+
 TRUE if plugin_info
 was in list
 and successfully removed.

 

@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ and successfully removed.

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_name ()

 
NMVpnPluginInfo *
-nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_name (GSList *list,
+nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_name (GSList *list,
                                       const char *name);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_name (
 
Returns

 
the first plugin with a matching name
-(or NULL). 

+(or NULL). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_name (
nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_filename ()

 
NMVpnPluginInfo *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_filename
-                               (GSList *list,
+                               (GSList *list,
                                 const char *filename);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_filename
 

 
Returns

 
the first plugin with a matching filename
-(or NULL). 

+(or NULL). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_filename
 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_service ()

 
NMVpnPluginInfo *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_by_service
-                               (GSList *list,
+                               (GSList *list,
                                 const char *service);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ or one of the provided aliases.

 

 
Returns

 
the first plugin with a matching service
-(or NULL). 

+(or NULL). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ or one of the provided aliases.

 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_service_type ()

 
char *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_service_type
-                               (GSList *list,
+                               (GSList *list,
                                 const char *name);

 
A VPN plugin provides one or several service-types, like org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.libreswan
 Certain plugins provide more then one service type, via aliases (org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.openswan).
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ but it could be retrieved via 
list

-

+
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ but it could be retrieved via 
 
Returns

-
the resolved service-type or NULL on failure. 

+
the resolved service-type or NULL on failure. 

 
[transfer full]

 
 
Since: 1.4

@@ -966,9 +966,9 @@ but it could be retrieved via 
nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_get_service_types ()

 
char **
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_get_service_types
-                               (GSList *list,
-                                gboolean only_existing,
-                                gboolean with_abbreviations);

+                               (GSList *list,
+                                gboolean only_existing,
+                                gboolean with_abbreviations);
 

 
Parameters

 
a possibly empty GSList of NMVpnPluginInfo instances. 
a possibly empty GSList of NMVpnPluginInfo instances. 

 [element-type NMVpnPluginInfo]
 

 

@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_get_service_types
 
-
+
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ well-known plugins

 
-
@@ -1003,8 +1003,8 @@ with 
 
Returns

-
a NULL terminated strv list of strings.
-The list itself and the values must be freed with g_strfreev(). 

+
a NULL terminated strv list of strings.
+The list itself and the values must be freed with g_strfreev(). 

 
[transfer full]

 
 
Since: 1.4

@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_get_editor_plugin (void
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_set_editor_plugin (NMVpnPluginInfo *self,
                                       NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin);
-
Set the internal plugin instance. If NULL, only clear the previous instance.

+
Set the internal plugin instance. If NULL, only clear the previous instance.

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
list
a possibly empty GSList of NMVpnPluginInfo. 
a possibly empty GSList of NMVpnPluginInfo. 

 [element-type NMVpnPluginInfo]
 

 

 

 
with_abbreviations
if FALSE, only full service types are returned.
+
if FALSE, only full service types are returned.
 Otherwise, this also includes abbreviated names that can be used
 with nm_vpn_plugin_info_list_find_service_type().

  

@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_info_set_editor_plugin (
nm_vpn_plugin_info_load_editor_plugin ()

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
 nm_vpn_plugin_info_load_editor_plugin (NMVpnPluginInfo *self,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GError **error);
 

 
Parameters

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginOld.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginOld.html
index 03133775..72f7e35b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginOld.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnPluginOld.html
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+

 

 
-GDBusConnection *
+GDBusConnection *
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_connection ()
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_disconnect ()
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_read_vpn_details ()
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_secret_flags ()
@@ -161,42 +161,42 @@
 

 void
 configRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 failureRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 ip4-configRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 ip6-configRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 login-bannerRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 quitRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 secrets-requiredRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 state-changedRun FirstRun First
 

 
 

@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMVpnPluginOld
 

 

@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMVpnPluginOld implements
- GInitable.

+ GInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ NMVpnPluginOld implements
 
Functions

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_connection ()

-
GDBusConnection *
+
GDBusConnection *
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_connection (NMVpnPluginOld *plugin);

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_connection has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_old_failure (
nm_vpn_plugin_old_set_ip4_config ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_set_ip4_config (NMVpnPluginOld *plugin,
-                                  GVariant *ip4_config);

+                                  GVariant *ip4_config);

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_old_set_ip4_config has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Replaced by NMVpnServicePlugin.

@@ -356,9 +356,9 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_old_set_ip4_config (
 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_old_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_disconnect (NMVpnPluginOld *plugin,
-                              GError **err);

+                              GError **err);

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_old_disconnect has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Replaced by NMVpnServicePlugin.

@@ -367,10 +367,10 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_old_disconnect (
 
nm_vpn_plugin_old_read_vpn_details ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_old_read_vpn_details (int fd,
-                                    GHashTable **out_data,
-                                    GHashTable **out_secrets);

+                                    GHashTable **out_data,
+                                    GHashTable **out_secrets);

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_old_read_vpn_details has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
Replaced by NMVpnServicePlugin.

@@ -408,14 +408,14 @@ an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
-nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
+
gboolean
+nm_vpn_plugin_old_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
                                     const char *secret_name,
                                     NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags);

 

@@ -456,8 +456,8 @@ item in data
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted
-to flags, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted
+to flags, FALSE if not

 

 

 

@@ -514,36 +514,36 @@ to flags, 
The “config” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               GVariant       *arg1,
-               gpointer        user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               GVariant       *arg1,
+               gpointer        user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “failure” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               guint           arg1,
-               gpointer        user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint           arg1,
+               gpointer        user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “ip4-config” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               GVariant       *arg1,
-               gpointer        user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               GVariant       *arg1,
+               gpointer        user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “ip6-config” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               GVariant       *arg1,
-               gpointer        user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               GVariant       *arg1,
+               gpointer        user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

@@ -551,16 +551,16 @@ user_function (void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
                char           *arg1,
-               gpointer        user_data)
-
Flags: Run First

+               gpointer        user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “quit” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               gpointer        user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               gpointer        user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

@@ -568,18 +568,18 @@ user_function (void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
                char           *arg1,
-               GStrv           arg2,
-               gpointer        user_data)
-
Flags: Run First

+               GStrv           arg2,
+               gpointer        user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnPluginOld *nmvpnpluginold,
-               guint           arg1,
-               gpointer        user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint           arg1,
+               gpointer        user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnServicePlugin.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnServicePlugin.html
index 4cbabe94..13596bf8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnServicePlugin.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnServicePlugin.html
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 

 

 
-GDBusConnection *
+GDBusConnection *
 
 
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_connection ()
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_disconnect ()
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_read_vpn_details ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_secret_flags ()
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 watch-peer
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 

 void
 configRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 failureRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 ip4-configRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 ip6-configRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 login-bannerRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 quitRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 secrets-requiredRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 state-changedRun FirstRun First
 

 
 

@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMVpnServicePlugin
 

 

@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMVpnServicePlugin implements
- GInitable.

+ GInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ NMVpnServicePlugin implements
 
Functions

 

 
nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_connection ()

-
GDBusConnection *
+
GDBusConnection *
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_connection (NMVpnServicePlugin *plugin);

 

 
Returns

@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ nm_vpn_service_plugin_failure (
nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_config ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_config (NMVpnServicePlugin *plugin,
-                                  GVariant *config);

+                                  GVariant *config);

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_config (
nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_ip4_config ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_ip4_config (NMVpnServicePlugin *plugin,
-                                      GVariant *ip4_config);

+                                      GVariant *ip4_config);

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

@@ -349,15 +349,15 @@ nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_ip4_config (
nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_ip6_config ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_set_ip6_config (NMVpnServicePlugin *plugin,
-                                      GVariant *ip6_config);

+                                      GVariant *ip6_config);
 
Since: 1.2

 
 

 

 
nm_vpn_service_plugin_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_disconnect (NMVpnServicePlugin *plugin,
-                                  GError **err);

+                                  GError **err);

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

@@ -392,11 +392,11 @@ the plugin before giving up the last reference.

 

 

 
nm_vpn_service_plugin_read_vpn_details ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_read_vpn_details
                                (int fd,
-                                GHashTable **out_data,
-                                GHashTable **out_secrets);

+                                GHashTable **out_data,
+                                GHashTable **out_secrets);

 
Parses key/value pairs from a file descriptor (normally stdin) passed by
 an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

 

@@ -430,16 +430,16 @@ an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_service_plugin_get_secret_flags
-                               (GHashTable *data,
+                               (GHashTable *data,
                                 const char *secret_name,
                                 NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags);

 
Given a VPN secret key name, attempts to find the corresponding flags data
@@ -476,8 +476,8 @@ item in data
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted
-to flags, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted
+to flags, FALSE if not

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ to flags, 
 
The “watch-peer” property

-
  “watch-peer”               gboolean

+
  “watch-peer”               gboolean

 
Whether to watch for D-Bus peer's changes.

 
Owner: NMVpnServicePlugin

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

@@ -546,36 +546,36 @@ to flags, 
The “config” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               GVariant           *arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               GVariant           *arg1,
+               gpointer            user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 
 

 

 
The “failure” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               guint               arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint               arg1,
+               gpointer            user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “ip4-config” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               GVariant           *arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               GVariant           *arg1,
+               gpointer            user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “ip6-config” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               GVariant           *arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               GVariant           *arg1,
+               gpointer            user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

@@ -583,16 +583,16 @@ user_function (void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
                char               *arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)
-
Flags: Run First

+               gpointer            user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “quit” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               gpointer            user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               gpointer            user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

@@ -600,18 +600,18 @@ user_function (void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
                char               *arg1,
-               GStrv               arg2,
-               gpointer            user_data)
-
Flags: Run First

+               GStrv               arg2,
+               gpointer            user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnServicePlugin *nmvpnserviceplugin,
-               guint               arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint               arg1,
+               gpointer            user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMWifiP2PPeer.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMWifiP2PPeer.html
index 5684a60b..ee9d1544 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMWifiP2PPeer.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMWifiP2PPeer.html
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_wfd_ies ()
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_get_strength ()
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_filter_connections ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wifi_p2p_peer_connection_valid ()
@@ -190,13 +190,13 @@
 Read
 

 
gucharguchar
 strength
 Read
 

 

 
-GBytes *wfd-ies
 Read
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 Read
 

 
guintguint
 signal-quality
 Read
 

 

-      for libnm 1.46.0
+      for libnm 1.47.90
 
       The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
       https://networkmanager.dev/docs/libnm/latest/.
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-conn-utils.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-conn-utils.html
index 70e7753d..b34c7a41 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-conn-utils.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-conn-utils.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
nm_conn_wireguard_import ()

 
NMConnection *
 nm_conn_wireguard_import (const char *filename,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ nm_conn_wireguard_import (const c
 
 
-
+
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ nm_conn_wireguard_import (const c
 

 
Returns

 
a new NMConnection imported from path
-, or NULL
+, or NULL
 on error or if the file with filename
 was not recognized as a WireGuard config. 

 
[transfer full]

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
index a275d9f0..bdf28752 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
@@ -2634,6 +2634,78 @@ error. Since: 1.46

 
 

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

 
error
on return, an error or NULL
on return, an error or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_BY_DEFAULT

+
The device is unmanaged because the device type
+is unmanaged by default. Since: 1.48

+		 
NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_EXTERNAL_DOWN

+
The device is unmanaged because it is an
+external device and is unconfigured (down or without addresses). Since: 1.48

+		 
NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_LINK_NOT_INIT

+
The device is unmanaged because the link is
+not initialized by udev. Since: 1.48

+		 
NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_QUITTING

+
The device is unmanaged because NetworkManager is
+quitting. Since: 1.48

+		 
NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_SLEEPING

+
The device is unmanaged because networking is
+disabled or the system is suspended. Since: 1.48

+		 
NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_CONF

+
The device is unmanaged by user decision in
+NetworkManager.conf ('unmanaged' in a [device*] section). Since: 1.48

+		 
NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_EXPLICIT

+
The device is unmanaged by explicit user
+decision (e.g. 'nmcli device set $DEV managed no'). Since: 1.48

+		 
NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_SETTINGS

+
The device is unmanaged by user decision
+via settings plugin ('unmanaged-devices' for keyfile or 'NM_CONTROLLED=no' for ifcfg-rh).
+Since: 1.48

+		 
NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_UNMANAGED_USER_UDEV

+
The device is unmanaged via udev rule. Since: 1.48

+		 

 
 

 

@@ -3403,6 +3475,17 @@ behavior. Since: 1.38.

 

  
 
NM_CHECKPOINT_CREATE_FLAG_TRACK_INTERNAL_GLOBAL_DNS

+
during rollback,
+by default changes to global DNS via D-BUS interface are preserved.
+With this flag, the rollback reverts the global DNS changes made via D-Bus
+interface. Global DNS defined in [global-dns] section of
+NetworkManager.conf is not impacted by this flag. Since: 1.48.

+		 

 
 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
index e9ffe3c2..3422d04d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_connection_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_crypto_error_quark ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_error_quark ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_manager_error_quark ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_settings_error_quark ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()
@@ -202,49 +202,49 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_crypto_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_crypto_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_device_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_manager_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_settings_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_settings_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);

 

 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-keyfile.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-keyfile.html
index 5befc8a2..4fa26ea8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-keyfile.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-keyfile.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMKeyfileReadHandler) ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMKeyfileWriteHandler) ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-GKeyFile *
+GKeyFile *
 
 
 nm_keyfile_write ()
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@
 
Functions

 

 
NMKeyfileReadHandler ()

-
gboolean
-(*NMKeyfileReadHandler) (GKeyFile *keyfile,
+
gboolean
+(*NMKeyfileReadHandler) (GKeyFile *keyfile,
                          NMConnection *connection,
                          NMKeyfileHandlerType handler_type,
                          NMKeyfileHandlerData *handler_data,
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 

 

 
keyfile
the GKeyFile that is currently read
the GKeyFile that is currently read

  
 

 

 

 
keyfile
the GKeyFile that is currently constructed.
the GKeyFile that is currently constructed.

  
 

 

 

 
error
the GError in case writing fails.
the GError in case writing fails.

  
 

 
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_same_ssid ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_security_valid ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_json_object ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) ()
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) ()
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()
@@ -320,21 +320,21 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()
 
 

 
const guint *
+const guint *
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()
 
 

 
const guint *
+const guint *
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
 

 

 
-gsize
+gsize
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
 

 

 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint8 *
+guint8 *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name ()
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_uuid ()
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_enum_from_str ()
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_utils_version ()
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@
 

 

 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes ()
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_utils_get_timestamp_msec ()
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_base64secret_decode ()
@@ -676,9 +676,9 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                        gsize len);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                        gsize len);

 
Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the
 AP's SSID.  This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a
 number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

@@ -707,15 +707,15 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      gsize len);

+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                      gsize len);
 

 
nm_utils_escape_ssid has been deprecated since version 1.46 and should not be used in newly-written code.

 
use nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8() or nm_utils_bin2hexstr().

@@ -758,12 +758,12 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function

 

 

 
nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
-                    gsize len1,
-                    const guint8 *ssid2,
-                    gsize len2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
+                    gsize len1,
+                    const guint8 *ssid2,
+                    gsize len2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

 
Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the
 SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal,
 but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings)
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 

 

 
ignore_trailing_null
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

  
 

 

@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ nm_utils_is_json_object (const ch
 
Returns

 
 whether the passed string is valid JSON.
 If libnm is not compiled with libjansson support, this check will
-also return TRUE for possibly invalid inputs. If that is a problem
+also return TRUE for possibly invalid inputs. If that is a problem
 for you, you must validate the JSON yourself.

 
 
Since: 1.6

@@ -1091,9 +1091,9 @@ for you, you must validate the JSON yourself.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 

 
Returns

-
a new floating GVariant representing dns
+
a new floating GVariant representing dns
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1121,8 +1121,8 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant ()

 
char **
-nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of
+nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of
 IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 
Since 1.46, an empty list is returned if the variant type is not valid
 (before it was checked as assertion)

@@ -1136,29 +1136,29 @@ IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 
 

-
+

 
value
a GVariant of type 'au'
a GVariant of type 'au'

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

 
[transfer full][type utf8]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
Returns

-
a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1191,12 +1191,12 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
-gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
+gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
 the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway" fields
 of the other addresses are ignored. Note that invalid addresses are discarded
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ but the valid addresses are still returned.

 

-
+
@@ -1229,17 +1229,17 @@ contain the IP gateway. 

 
Returns

 
a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and
 metric).

 

@@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ metric).

 

 

 
Returns

-
a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1267,11 +1267,11 @@ metric).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
 of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop,
-and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. Note that invalid routes
+and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. Note that invalid routes
 are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

 
Since 1.46, an empty list is returned if the variant type is not valid
 (before it was checked as assertion)

@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

 
 

-
+

 
 
 

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aau'
a GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

 
 
 
 

 
value
GVariant of type 'aau'
GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

@@ -1293,15 +1293,15 @@ are discarded but the valid routes are still returned.

 

 
Returns

 
a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1331,8 +1331,8 @@ set.

 
nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -1356,8 +1356,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (
 
nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

 
When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were
 segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C.  This function will return
 a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it
@@ -1385,9 +1385,9 @@ falls in the predefined classes.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 
If a string cannot be parsed, it will be silently ignored.

 

@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 

 
Returns

-
a new floating GVariant representing dns
+
a new floating GVariant representing dns
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1416,8 +1416,8 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant ()

 
char **
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of
 IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings. Each "ay" entry must be
 a IPv6 address in binary form (16 bytes long). Invalid entries are silently
 ignored.

@@ -1433,29 +1433,29 @@ ignored.

 
 

-
+

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aay'
a GVariant of type 'aay'

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

 
[transfer full][type utf8]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway).  The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
 all 0s.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ all 0s.

 

 

 
Returns

-
a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1489,12 +1489,12 @@ all 0s.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
 list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix,
-and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
+and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
 of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway"
 fields of the other addresses are ignored. Note that invalid addresses are
@@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ discarded but the valid addresses are still returned.

 

 

 
value
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

  
 

 

 
value
GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'
GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

  
 

 

@@ -1591,17 +1591,17 @@ routes are ignored but the valid ones are still returned.

 

 
Returns

 
a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an
 array of new-style NetworkManager IP addresses. All addresses will include
 "address" (an IP address string), and "prefix" (a uint). Some addresses may
 include additional attributes.

@@ -1622,7 +1622,7 @@ include additional attributes.

 

 

 
Returns

-
a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1631,12 +1631,12 @@ include additional attributes.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                     int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (as described in the documentation for
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
 objects. Note that invalid addresses are discarded but the valid addresses
 are still returned.

 
Since 1.46, an empty list is returned if the variant type is not valid
@@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@ are still returned.

 

 

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
 

 

 
 

 

 
paths
a NULL terminated list of search paths.
-Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first
+
a NULL terminated list of search paths.
+Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first
 is checked. 

 [nullable]
 

 

 
file_test_flags
the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching
+
the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching
 for progname
-. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().
 
 

 

 

 
error
on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.
on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

  
 

 

@@ -2149,7 +2149,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char
 
 

 
Returns

-
a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
+
a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
 couldn't
 be parsed. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2158,10 +2158,10 @@ be parsed. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
-                      gpointer buffer,
-                      gsize length);

+                      gpointer buffer,
+                      gsize length);

 
Parses asc
  and converts it to binary form in buffer
 .
@@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

 

 
Returns

 
 buffer
-, or NULL if asc
+, or NULL if asc
 couldn't be parsed
 or would be shorter or longer than length
 .

@@ -2207,9 +2207,9 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc,
-                       gssize length);

+                       gssize length);

 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given
 length.

@@ -2239,9 +2239,9 @@ is expected to convert to
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if asc
+
 TRUE if asc
 appears to be a valid hardware address
-of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

+of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

 

 

 

@@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ of the indicated length, 
nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical ()

 
char *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical (const char *asc,
-                           gssize length);

+                           gssize length);
 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given
 length, and if so, returns it in canonical form (uppercase, with
@@ -2282,18 +2282,18 @@ is expected to convert to
 
Returns

 
the canonicalized address if asc
 appears to
-be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not. 

+be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
-                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
-                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
-                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
+                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
+                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
+                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

 
Generalized hardware address comparison function. Tests if hwaddr1
  and
 hwaddr2
@@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ over a simple memcmp():

  before being compared.

 
  • If hwaddr1
  or hwaddr2
- is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was
+ is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was
  a zero-filled buffer hwaddr1_len
  or hwaddr2_len
  bytes long.
    • 
@@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ guaranteed to not match if they are invalid.)
    
 
    
-
+
@@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ is ASCII
    
     
-
+
@@ -2363,9 +2363,9 @@ is ASCII
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if hwaddr1
+
     TRUE if hwaddr1
 and hwaddr2
-are equivalent, FALSE if they are
+are equivalent, FALSE if they are
 different (or either of them is invalid).
    
 
    
 
@@ -2373,8 +2373,8 @@ different (or either of them is invalid).
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_bin2hexstr ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
-                     gsize len,
+nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
+                     gsize len,
                      int final_len);
    
 
    Converts the byte array src
  into a hexadecimal string. If final_len
@@ -2419,7 +2419,7 @@ array
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()
    
-
    GBytes *
+
    GBytes *
 nm_utils_hexstr2bin (const char *hex);
    
 
    Converts a hexadecimal string hex
  into an array of bytes.  The optional
@@ -2445,14 +2445,14 @@ may not start or end with ':'.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
    the converted bytes, or NULL on error. 
    
+
    the converted bytes, or NULL on error. 
    
 
    [transfer full]
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_iface_valid_name has been deprecated since version 1.6 and should not be used in newly-written code.
    
@@ -2476,18 +2476,18 @@ nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const 
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
-
    Before 1.20, this function did not accept NULL as name
+
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
+
    Before 1.20, this function did not accept NULL as name
 argument. If you
-want to run against older versions of libnm, don't pass NULL.
    
+want to run against older versions of libnm, don't pass NULL.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name (const char *name,
-                              GError **error);
    
+                              GError **error);
    
 
    Validate the network interface name.
    
 
    This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation
 function in net/core/dev.c.
    
@@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.
    
 
    
-
+
@@ -2515,17 +2515,17 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
-
    Before 1.20, this function did not accept NULL as name
+
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
+
    Before 1.20, this function did not accept NULL as name
 argument. If you
-want to run against older versions of libnm, don't pass NULL.
    
+want to run against older versions of libnm, don't pass NULL.
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.6
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_is_uuid ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_is_uuid has been deprecated since version 1.32 and should not be used in newly-written code.
    
@@ -2552,17 +2552,17 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if str
-is a UUID, FALSE if not
    
-
    In older versions, nm_utils_is_uuid() did not accept NULL as str
-argument. Don't pass NULL if you run against older versions of libnm.
    
+
     TRUE if str
+is a UUID, FALSE if not
    
+
    In older versions, nm_utils_is_uuid() did not accept NULL as str
+argument. Don't pass NULL if you run against older versions of libnm.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_inet4_ntop ()
    
 
    const char *
-nm_utils_inet4_ntop (guint32 inaddr,
+nm_utils_inet4_ntop (guint32 inaddr,
                      char *dst);
    
 
    Wrapper for inet_ntop.
    
 
    [skip]
    
@@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (
    dst
    
 
    Returns
    
 
     the input buffer dst
 , or a pointer to an
-internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
+internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
 ,
 otherwise, this function cannot fail.
    
 
@@ -2657,7 +2657,7 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int family,
                        const char *ip);
    
 
    Checks if ip
@@ -2687,16 +2687,16 @@ nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE or FALSE
    
+
     TRUE or FALSE
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
-                               (GType virtual_type,
-                                GType other_type);
    
+                               (GType virtual_type,
+                                GType other_type);
    
 
    Determines if a connection of type virtual_type
  can (in the
 general case) work with connections of type other_type
@@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty
 then this checks if other_type
  is a valid type for a slave of that
 master.
    
-
    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
+
    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
 every connection of type other_type
  is
 compatible with virtual_type
@@ -2742,7 +2742,7 @@ underlying device driver.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE or FALSE
    
+
     TRUE or FALSE
    
 
    
 
 
    
@@ -2809,10 +2809,10 @@ available modes.
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_enum_to_str ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
+nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
                       int value);
    
 
    Converts an enum value to its string representation. If the enum is a
-G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values.
+G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values.
 If the value has no corresponding string representation, it is converted
 to a number. For enums it is converted to a decimal number, for flags
 to an (unsigned) hex number.
    
@@ -2827,7 +2827,7 @@ to an (unsigned) hex number.
    
 
    
-
+
@@ -2840,22 +2840,22 @@ to an (unsigned) hex number.
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     a newly allocated string or NULL
    
+
     a newly allocated string or NULL
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.2
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_enum_from_str ()
    
-
    gboolean
-nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
+
    gboolean
+nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
                         const char *str,
                         int *out_value,
                         char **err_token);
    
 
    Converts a string to the matching enum value.
    
-
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
+
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
 matching the comma-separated tokens in the string; if an unknown token is found
-the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
+the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
 containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 .
    
 
    
@@ -2869,7 +2869,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    
-
+
@@ -2893,7 +2893,7 @@ the first unrecognized token. 
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise
    
+
     TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.2
    
 
@@ -2901,7 +2901,7 @@ the first unrecognized token. 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_enum_get_values ()
    
 
    const char **
-nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
+nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
                           int from,
                           int to);
    
 
    Returns the list of possible values for a given enum.
    
@@ -2916,7 +2916,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (
    type
    
-
    
+
@@ -2935,7 +2935,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (
 
    Returns
    
 
    a NULL-terminated dynamically-allocated array of static strings
-or NULL on error. 
    
+or NULL on error. 
    
 
    [transfer container]
    
 
 
    Since: 1.2
    
@@ -2943,7 +2943,7 @@ or 
 
    nm_utils_version ()
    
-
    guint
+
    guint
 nm_utils_version (void);
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
@@ -2955,13 +2955,13 @@ at runtime.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes ()
    
-
    GHashTable *
+
    GHashTable *
 nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const char *string,
                                    char attr_separator,
                                    char key_value_separator,
-                                   gboolean ignore_unknown,
+                                   gboolean ignore_unknown,
                                    const NMVariantAttributeSpec *const *spec,
-                                   GError **error);
    
+                                   GError **error);
    
 
    Parse attributes from a string.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
@@ -3007,8 +3007,8 @@ nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
    a GHashTable mapping
-attribute names to GVariant values. Warning: the variant are still floating
+
    a GHashTable mapping
+attribute names to GVariant values. Warning: the variant are still floating
 references, owned by the hash table. If you take a reference, ensure to sink
 the one of the hash table first. 
    
 
    [transfer full][element-type utf8 GVariant]
    
@@ -3019,7 +3019,7 @@ the one of the hash table first. 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_format_variant_attributes ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (GHashTable *attributes,
+nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (GHashTable *attributes,
                                     char attr_separator,
                                     char key_value_separator);
    
 
    Format attributes to a string.
    
@@ -3034,7 +3034,7 @@ nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (
    attributes
    
-
    
+
@@ -3052,7 +3052,7 @@ nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (
 
    Returns
    
-
    the string representing attributes, or NULL
+
    the string representing attributes, or NULL
 in case there are no attributes. 
    
 
    [transfer full]
    
 
@@ -3063,7 +3063,7 @@ in case there are no attributes. 
    
 
    nm_utils_tc_qdisc_from_str ()
    
 
    NMTCQdisc *
 nm_utils_tc_qdisc_from_str (const char *str,
-                            GError **error);
    
+                            GError **error);
 
    Parses the tc style string qdisc representation of the queueing
 discipline to a NMTCQdisc instance. Supports a subset of the tc language.
    
 
    
@@ -3090,7 +3090,7 @@ discipline to a 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     the NMTCQdisc or NULL
    
+
     the NMTCQdisc or NULL
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.12
    
 
    
@@ -3099,7 +3099,7 @@ discipline to a 
    nm_utils_tc_qdisc_to_str ()
    
 
    char *
 nm_utils_tc_qdisc_to_str (NMTCQdisc *qdisc,
-                          GError **error);
    
+                          GError **error);
 
    Turns the NMTCQdisc into a tc style string representation of the queueing
 discipline.
    
 
    
@@ -3126,7 +3126,7 @@ discipline.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     formatted string or NULL
    
+
     formatted string or NULL
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.12
    
 
@@ -3135,7 +3135,7 @@ discipline.
    
 
    nm_utils_tc_action_from_str ()
    
 
    NMTCAction *
 nm_utils_tc_action_from_str (const char *str,
-                             GError **error);
    
+                             GError **error);
 
    Parses the tc style string action representation of the queueing
 discipline to a NMTCAction instance. Supports a subset of the tc language.
    
 
    
@@ -3162,7 +3162,7 @@ discipline to a 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     the NMTCAction or NULL
    
+
     the NMTCAction or NULL
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.12
    
 
    
@@ -3171,7 +3171,7 @@ discipline to a 
    nm_utils_tc_action_to_str ()
    
 
    char *
 nm_utils_tc_action_to_str (NMTCAction *action,
-                           GError **error);
    
+                           GError **error);
 
    Turns the NMTCAction into a tc style string representation of the queueing
 discipline.
    
 
    
@@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ discipline.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     formatted string or NULL
    
+
     formatted string or NULL
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.12
    
 
@@ -3207,7 +3207,7 @@ discipline.
    
 
    nm_utils_tc_tfilter_from_str ()
    
 
    NMTCTfilter *
 nm_utils_tc_tfilter_from_str (const char *str,
-                              GError **error);
    
+                              GError **error);
 
    Parses the tc style string tfilter representation of the queueing
 discipline to a NMTCTfilter instance. Supports a subset of the tc language.
    
 
    
@@ -3234,7 +3234,7 @@ discipline to a 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     the NMTCTfilter or NULL
    
+
     the NMTCTfilter or NULL
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.12
    
 
    
@@ -3243,7 +3243,7 @@ discipline to a 
    nm_utils_tc_tfilter_to_str ()
    
 
    char *
 nm_utils_tc_tfilter_to_str (NMTCTfilter *tfilter,
-                            GError **error);
    
+                            GError **error);
 
    Turns the NMTCTfilter into a tc style string representation of the queueing
 discipline.
    
 
    
@@ -3270,7 +3270,7 @@ discipline.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     formatted string or NULL
    
+
     formatted string or NULL
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.12
    
 
@@ -3279,8 +3279,8 @@ discipline.
    
 
    nm_utils_sriov_vf_to_str ()
    
 
    char *
 nm_utils_sriov_vf_to_str (const NMSriovVF *vf,
-                          gboolean omit_index,
-                          GError **error);
    
+                          gboolean omit_index,
+                          GError **error);
 
    Converts a SR-IOV virtual function object to its string representation.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
@@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@ nm_utils_sriov_vf_to_str (const 
 
    
-
+
@@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ nm_utils_sriov_vf_to_str (const 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     a newly allocated string or NULL on error
    
+
     a newly allocated string or NULL on error
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.14
    
 
@@ -3320,7 +3320,7 @@ nm_utils_sriov_vf_to_str (const 
    nm_utils_sriov_vf_from_str ()
    
 
    NMSriovVF *
 nm_utils_sriov_vf_from_str (const char *str,
-                            GError **error);
    
+                            GError **error);
 
    Converts a string to a SR-IOV virtual function object.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
@@ -3354,7 +3354,7 @@ nm_utils_sriov_vf_from_str (const 
 
    
 
    nm_utils_get_timestamp_msec ()
    
-
    gint64
+
    gint64
 nm_utils_get_timestamp_msec (void);
    
 
    Gets current time in milliseconds of CLOCK_BOOTTIME.
    
 
    
@@ -3366,10 +3366,10 @@ nm_utils_get_timestamp_msec (void
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_base64secret_decode ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_base64secret_decode (const char *base64_key,
-                              gsize required_key_len,
-                              guint8 *out_key);
    
+                              gsize required_key_len,
+                              guint8 *out_key);
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
 
    
 
    
 
    hwaddr1
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL. 
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL. 
    		
 [nullable]
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    hwaddr2
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL. 
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL. 
    		
 [nullable]
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    error
    location to store the error occurring, or NULL to ignore
    location to store the error occurring, or NULL to ignore
    		
  
 
    
 
    the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provide its own dst
@@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct
 
    dst
    		
 
    the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provide its own dst
@@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.
    		
 
    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    a GHashTable mapping attribute names to GVariant values. 
    a GHashTable mapping attribute names to GVariant values. 
    		
 [element-type utf8 GVariant]
 
    
 
    
 
    omit_index
    if TRUE, the VF index will be omitted from output string
    if TRUE, the VF index will be omitted from output string
    		
  
 
    
 
    
@@ -3402,7 +3402,7 @@ bytes. 
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if the input key is a valid base64 encoded key
+
     TRUE if the input key is a valid base64 encoded key
 with required_key_len
 bytes.
    
 
    
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version-macros.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version-macros.html
index 84d453aa..db2123c0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version-macros.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version-macros.html
@@ -180,6 +180,10 @@
 
     
+
+
+
+
@@ -234,7 +238,7 @@
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if the version of the NetworkManager header files
+
     TRUE if the version of the NetworkManager header files
 is the same as or newer than the passed-in version.
    
 
    
 
@@ -257,7 +261,7 @@ is compiled against.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    NM_MINOR_VERSION
    
-
    #define NM_MINOR_VERSION (46)
+
    #define NM_MINOR_VERSION (47)
 
    
 
    Evaluates to the minor version number of NetworkManager which this source
 is compiled against.
    
@@ -265,7 +269,7 @@ is compiled against.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    NM_MICRO_VERSION
    
-
    #define NM_MICRO_VERSION (0)
+
    #define NM_MICRO_VERSION (90)
 
    
 
    Evaluates to the micro version number of NetworkManager which this source
 compiled against.
    
@@ -428,6 +432,12 @@ compiled against.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
+
    NM_VERSION_1_48
    
+
    #define NM_VERSION_1_48   (NM_ENCODE_VERSION(1, 48, 0))
+
    
+
    
+
    
+
    
 
    NM_API_VERSION
    
 
    #define             NM_API_VERSION
    
 
    
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html
index 75b3a322..cb1035f9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html
@@ -189,6 +189,12 @@
 NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_46_FOR()
 
 
    
+
+
+
+
    
 #defineNM_VERSION_1_48
    #define
 NM_API_VERSION
 
    
 
    #define
+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48_FOR()
+
    
     
 
    
 
    
@@ -408,6 +414,14 @@
 #define
 NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_46
 
+
+#define
+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48
+
+
+#define
+NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_48
+
 
 
    
 
    
@@ -564,6 +578,12 @@
 
    #define NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_46_FOR(f) G_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
 
    
 
    
+
    
+
    
+
    NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48_FOR()
    
+
    #define NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48_FOR(f) G_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
+
    
+
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Types and Values
    
@@ -876,6 +896,18 @@
 
    #define NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_46 G_UNAVAILABLE(1, 46)
 
    
 
    
+
    
+
    
+
    NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48
    
+
    #define NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_48        G_DEPRECATED
+
    
+
    
+
    
+
    
+
    NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_48
    
+
    #define NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_48 G_UNAVAILABLE(1, 48)
+
    
+
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
index b021c174..71a1a7e9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
@@ -778,6 +778,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -814,11 +815,13 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -913,6 +916,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -966,6 +970,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1423,6 +1428,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1474,6 +1480,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1545,6 +1552,8 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1553,6 +1562,8 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2141,13 +2152,20 @@
     
     
     
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2169,6 +2187,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2303,13 +2322,20 @@
     
     
     
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2333,6 +2359,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -3294,6 +3321,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -3346,6 +3374,8 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -3377,6 +3407,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -3759,6 +3790,15 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -3816,6 +3856,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -3974,6 +4015,9 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
index 8fc9acd3..7305da2f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
    
 Object Hierarchy
    
 
    -    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMObject
     │   ├── NMAccessPoint
     │   ├── NMActiveConnection
@@ -199,6 +199,7 @@
     ├── NMSettingCompareFlags
     ├── NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
     ├── NMSettingConnectionDnsOverTls
+    ├── NMSettingConnectionDownOnPoweroff
     ├── NMSettingConnectionLldp
     ├── NMSettingConnectionLlmnr
     ├── NMSettingConnectionMdns
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/usage.html b/docs/libnm/html/usage.html
index cc9db2ab..d1825b34 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/usage.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/usage.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
         
    
 
    $ cc $(pkg-config --libs --cflags libnm) -o hello-nm hello-nm.c
   $ ./hello-nm
-  NetworkManager version: 1.46.0
+  NetworkManager version: 1.47.90
 
   $ 
    
 
    
-- 
cgit 1.3.0-6-gf8a5